WO2017097113A1 - Aminopyrimidine compounds for inhibiting acitivity of protein tyrosine kinase - Google Patents

Aminopyrimidine compounds for inhibiting acitivity of protein tyrosine kinase Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017097113A1
WO2017097113A1 PCT/CN2016/107072 CN2016107072W WO2017097113A1 WO 2017097113 A1 WO2017097113 A1 WO 2017097113A1 CN 2016107072 W CN2016107072 W CN 2016107072W WO 2017097113 A1 WO2017097113 A1 WO 2017097113A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
compound
alkyl
haloalkyl
cancer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2016/107072
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王义汉
李焕银
Original Assignee
深圳市塔吉瑞生物医药有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 深圳市塔吉瑞生物医药有限公司 filed Critical 深圳市塔吉瑞生物医药有限公司
Priority to CN201680061348.9A priority Critical patent/CN108137544B/en
Publication of WO2017097113A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017097113A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/506Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/53751,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/53771,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/46Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
    • C07D239/48Two nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links

Definitions

  • the invention belongs to the field of medicine. Specifically, the present invention relates to aminopyrimidine compounds having an inhibitory effect on protein tyrosine kinase activity, pharmaceutical compositions containing the same, and methods for their preparation and use. More particularly, the present invention relates to aminopyrimidines for use in the treatment of diseases associated with dysregulation of metabolic pathways of protein tyrosine kinases such as, but not limited to, EGFR (including HER), ALK, PDGFR, such as tumors and related diseases, and Its pharmaceutical composition and method of use.
  • Protein tyrosine kinase is a class of kinases that catalyze the transfer of ⁇ -phosphate on ATP to protein tyrosine residues, which catalyzes the phosphorylation of tyrosine residues in a variety of substrate proteins. It plays an important role in cell growth, proliferation and differentiation. Because protein tyrosine kinases have a profound effect on cells, their activity is highly regulated. Kinases are turned on or off by phosphorylation (sometimes by autophosphorylation), by binding to activators, inhibitory proteins or small molecules, or by controlling their localization in cells. Dysfunctions of kinase activity are currently known to be associated with a variety of diseases caused by genetic abnormalities or environmental factors. Some serious pathological conditions, including cancer and chronic inflammation, are associated with intracellular signal stimulation, and because kinases actively transmit signals, their inhibition provides a powerful pathway to inhibit or control the signal transduction cascade.
  • Non-receptor tyrosine kinases can be classified into non-receptor type and membrane receptor type depending on whether they are present in the cell membrane receptor.
  • Non-receptor tyrosine kinase (nrRTK) is represented by Src, in addition to Yes, Fyn, Lck, Fgr, Lyn, Fps/Fes and Ab1.
  • Receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs) can be divided into 9 types according to their structures. Among them, the following four types are commonly used: epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) family, insulin receptor family, PDGF. /MCSF/SCF receptor family, and the fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR) family.
  • the epidermal growth factor receptor (human EGFR; ErbB-1; HER1) is a member of the ErbB receptor family, and the ErbB receptor family is the four closely related receptor tyrosine kinase EGFR (ErbB-1), HER2/c - NEU (ErbB-2), a subfamily of HER 3 (ErbB-3) and HER 4 (ErbB-4).
  • EGFR is a cell surface receptor for members of the epidermal growth factor family (EGF family) of the extracellular protein ligand. Mutations that affect EGFR expression or activity may result in cancer. It has been reported that EGFR is in an dysregulated state in most solid tumors such as lung cancer, breast cancer and brain tumors. It is estimated that 30% of epithelial cancers are associated with mutations, amplification or dysregulation of EGFR or family members.
  • a receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor is an inhibitor of a receptor tyrosine kinase.
  • the inhibitor is usually a small molecule compound that is reactive (reversible or irreversible) to the receptor tyrosine kinase. Inhibition, blocking the activation of intracellular regions after binding of cell surface receptors to ligands, thereby inhibiting the final biological effects of signal transduction pathways.
  • receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors are single-target tyrosine kinase inhibitors, such as gefitinib, erlotinib and the like.
  • Gefitinib is an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor, mainly used for non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), and has an efficiency of more than 80% for tyrosine kinase gene coding region mutant tumors.
  • Erlotinib is an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor, and the drug is effective in about 10% of patients with relapsed non-small cell lung cancer.
  • T790M mutation which is the "gatekeeper" of EGFR.
  • T790M Second-generation receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as afatinib
  • WT EGFR wild-type EGFR
  • Third-generation and subsequent EGFR inhibitors including compounds such as AZD9291 and CO-1686, irreversibly inhibit EGFR, and are still more effective in patients with T790M-resistant mutations, but also have an inhibitory effect on wild-type EGFR.
  • the present invention provides a new class of EGFR inhibitors that have better pharmacodynamic/pharmacokinetic properties and are more selective for the T790M mutation, the L858R mutation, and the L858R/T790M double mutation.
  • the invention provides a compound of formula (I):
  • R 1 is independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 haloalkoxy;
  • R 2 is independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 haloalkoxy;
  • Linker L is selected from
  • R a is selected from H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , oxo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy;
  • R b is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 haloalkyl
  • X is selected from C or N atoms as long as the valence bond permits
  • Ring A is selected from a C 3-6 carbocyclic group, a 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group, a C 6-14 aryl group or a C 5-10 heteroaryl group;
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • n 1, 2 or 3;
  • p represents a single bond or a double bond, as long as the valence is allowed
  • q represents a single bond or a double bond, as long as the valence is allowed
  • R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 haloalkyl;
  • W is selected from N, O or S atom, where N may optionally be substituted with R a;
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • a compound of the invention is provided in the pharmaceutical composition in an effective amount.
  • the compounds of the invention are provided in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • the compounds of the invention are provided in a prophylactically effective amount.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, further comprising other therapeutic agents.
  • the invention provides a compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a stereoisomer, a solvate, a hydrate, a crystal form, a prodrug or an isotopic variant thereof, and other therapeutic agents, and a pharmaceutically acceptable compound, A kit of acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles.
  • the invention provides a method of treating cancer caused by EGFR (including cancer caused by EGFR mutation, eg, a cancer with a T790M mutation, a L858R mutation, and a L858R/T790M double mutation) in a subject in need thereof
  • a method comprising: administering to a subject an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
  • the EGFR-induced cancer is selected from the group consisting of: non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, liver cancer, skin cancer, epithelial cancer, Gastrointestinal stromal tumors, leukemia, histiocytic lymphoma, nasopharyngeal carcinoma, etc.
  • the compound is administered orally, subcutaneously, intravenously or intramuscularly. In a specific embodiment, the compound is administered chronically.
  • C 1-6 alkyl includes C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 1-6 , C 1-5 , C 1-4 , C 1-3 , C 1 -2 , C 2-6 , C 2-5 , C 2-4 , C 2-3 , C 3-6 , C 3-5 , C 3-4 , C 4-6 , C 4-5 and C 5 -6 alkyl.
  • C 1-6 alkyl refers to a straight or branched saturated hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, also referred to herein as “lower alkyl.” In some embodiments, a C 1-4 alkyl group is particularly preferred.
  • alkyl group examples include, but are not limited to, methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), isopropyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), uncle Butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), isobutyl (C 4 ), n-pentyl (C 5 ), 3-pentyl (C 5 ), pentyl (C 5 ), neopentyl (C 5 ), 3-methyl-2-butyl (C 5 ), tert-amyl (C 5 ) and n-hexyl (C 6 ).
  • each alkyl group is independently optionally substituted, ie, unsubstituted (“unsubstituted alkyl") or substituted with one or more substituents (“substituted alkyl”) For example, 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents or 1 substituent.
  • the alkyl group is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl group (e.g., -CH 3).
  • the alkyl group is a substituted C1-6 alkyl group.
  • C 2-6 alkenyl means a straight or branched hydrocarbon group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and one or more carbon-carbon double bonds (eg, 1, 2 or 3 carbon-carbon double bonds) .
  • One or more carbon-carbon double bonds may be internal (eg, in 2-butenyl) or end (eg, in 1-butenyl).
  • C2-4 alkenyl is particularly preferred.
  • alkenyl group examples include, but are not limited to, vinyl (C 2 ), 1-propenyl (C 3 ), 2-propenyl (C 3 ), 1-butenyl (C 4 ), 2-butene A group (C 4 ), a butadienyl group (C 4 ), a pentenyl group (C 5 ), a pentadienyl group (C 5 ), a hexenyl group (C 6 ), and the like.
  • each of the alkenyl groups is independently optionally substituted, ie, unsubstituted (“unsubstituted alkenyl") or substituted with one or more substituents (“substituted alkenyl”) For example, 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents or 1 substituent.
  • an alkenyl group is an unsubstituted C 2-6 alkenyl group.
  • an alkenyl group is a substituted C 2-6 alkenyl group.
  • C 2-6 alkynyl group refers to one or more carbon having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, - carbon triple bonds (e.g., 1, 2 or 3 carbon - carbon triple bonds), and optionally one or more carbon a linear or branched hydrocarbon group of a carbon double bond (for example, 1, 2 or 3 carbon-carbon double bonds).
  • a C2-4 alkynyl group is particularly preferred.
  • an alkynyl group does not contain any double bonds.
  • the one or more carbon oxime bonds may be internal (eg, in 2-butynyl) or end (eg, in 1-butynyl).
  • alkynyl group examples include, but are not limited to, ethynyl (C 2 ), 1-propynyl (C 3 ), 2-propynyl (C 3 ), 1-butynyl (C 4 ), 2- Butynyl (C 4 ), pentynyl (C 5 ), hexynyl (C 6 ), and the like.
  • each of the alkynyl groups is independently optionally substituted, ie, unsubstituted ("unsubstituted alkynyl") or substituted with one or more substituents (“substituted alkynyl”) For example, 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents or 1 substituent.
  • an alkynyl group is an unsubstituted C 2-6 alkynyl group.
  • an alkynyl group is a substituted C 2-6 alkynyl group.
  • alkylene As used herein, “alkylene”, “alkenylene” and “alkynylene” refer to the divalent groups of the above alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups, respectively. When specific “alkylene”, “alkenylene” and “alkynylene” provide the range or number of carbons, it is to be understood that the range or number refers to the range of carbon in the linear divalent carbon chain or number. “Alkylene”, “alkenylene” and “alkynylene” may be substituted by one or more substituents as described herein, or may be unsubstituted.
  • C 1-6 alkylene group means a hydrogen atom which removes a C 1-6 alkyl group to form a divalent alkylene group, and may be a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group. In some embodiments, C 1-4 alkylene is particularly preferred.
  • Unsubstituted alkylene groups include, but the are not limited to: methylene (-CH 2 -), ethylene (-CH 2 CH 2 -), propylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - ), butylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), pentylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), hexylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -) ,and many more.
  • alkylene groups substituted with one or more alkyl groups (methyl groups) include, but are not limited to, substituted methylene groups (-CH(CH 3 )- , -C(CH 3 ) 2 -), substituted ethylene (-CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2- ), substituted propylene (-CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 -), and the like.
  • substituted methylene groups -CH(CH 3 )- , -C(CH 3 ) 2 -
  • substituted ethylene -CH(CH
  • C 2-6 alkenylene group means a hydrogen atom which removes a C 2-6 alkenyl group to form a divalent alkenylene group, and may be a substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene group. In some embodiments, C2-4 alkenylene is particularly preferred.
  • C 2-6 alkynylene group means a hydrogen atom which removes a C 2-6 alkynyl group to form a divalent alkynylene group, and may be a substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene group. In some embodiments, a C2-4 alkynylene group is particularly preferred.
  • C 1-6 alkoxy refers to the group -OR wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl group. In some embodiments, a C 1-4 alkoxy group is particularly preferred. Specific alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentyloxy, N-Hexyloxy and 1,2-dimethylbutoxy.
  • Halo or halogen refers to fluorine (F), chlorine (Cl), bromine (Br), and iodine (I).
  • the halo group is F, Cl or Br.
  • the halogen group is F or Cl.
  • the halogen group is F.
  • C 1-6 haloalkyl and “C 1-6 haloalkoxy” mean the above-mentioned “C 1-6 alkyl” and “C 1-6 alkoxy” which are bonded to one or more halogen groups. Replaced by the regiment.
  • a C 1-4 haloalkyl group is particularly preferred, more preferably a C 1-2 haloalkyl group.
  • a C 1-4 haloalkoxy group is particularly preferred, more preferably a C 1-2 haloalkoxy group.
  • Exemplary haloalkyl groups include, but the are not limited to: -CF 3, -CH 2 F, -CHF 2, -CHFCH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2, -CF 2 CF 3, -CCl 3, -CH 2 Cl , -CHCl 2 , 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl, and the like.
  • Exemplary haloalkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 , -OCF 3 , and the like.
  • C 3-10 carbocyclyl refers to a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms. In some embodiments, a C 3-6 carbocyclyl group is particularly preferred, more preferably a C 5-6 carbocyclic group. Carbocyclyl also includes ring systems wherein the above carbocyclyl ring is fused to one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups, wherein the point of attachment is on the carbocyclic ring, and in such cases, the number of carbons continues to be represented The number of carbons in the carbocyclic system.
  • carbocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl (C 3 ), cyclopropenyl (C 3 ), cyclobutyl (C 4 ), cyclobutenyl (C 4 ), cyclopentyl ( C 5 ), cyclopentenyl (C 5 ), cyclohexyl (C 6 ), cyclohexenyl (C 6 ), cyclohexadienyl (C 6 ), cycloheptyl (C 7 ), cycloheptene (C 7 ), cycloheptadienyl (C 7 ), cycloheptatrienyl (C 7 ), cyclooctyl (C 8 ), cyclooctenyl (C 8 ), bicyclo [2.2.1] Heptyl (C 7 ), bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl (C 8 ), cyclodecyl (C 9 ), cyclodecen
  • each of the carbocyclic groups is independently optionally substituted, ie, unsubstituted ("unsubstituted carbocyclyl") or substituted with one or more substituents ("substituted carbocyclic ring"base").
  • the carbocyclic group is an unsubstituted C 3-10 carbocyclic group.
  • a carbocyclic group is a substituted C 3-10 carbocyclic group.
  • the point of attachment may be a carbon or nitrogen atom as long as the valence permits.
  • a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclic group is particularly preferred, which is a 3- to 6-membered non-aromatic ring system having a ring carbon atom and 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms; more preferably a 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring.
  • each of the heterocyclic groups is independently optionally substituted, ie, unsubstituted ("unsubstituted heterocyclic") or substituted with one or more substituents ("substituted hetero Ring base").
  • the heterocyclyl is an unsubstituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl.
  • a heterocyclic group is a substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl.
  • the heterocyclic group further includes a ring system in which the above heterocyclic ring is fused to one or more carbocyclic groups, wherein the point of attachment is on the carbocyclic ring, or wherein the above heterocyclic ring is bonded to one or more aryl groups or A heteroaryl fused ring system wherein the point of attachment is on a heterocyclyl ring; and in such cases, the number of ring members continues to indicate the number of ring members in the heterocyclyl ring system.
  • Exemplary 3-membered heterocyclic groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, aziridine, oxacyclopropane, thiorenyl.
  • Exemplary 4-membered heterocyclic groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, oxetanyl and thietane.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclic groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dihydrothienyl, pyrrolidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl and pyrrolyl-2, 5-dione.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclic groups containing two heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, dioxalanyl, oxasulfuranyl, disulfuranyl, and Azolidin-2-one.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclic groups containing three heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, triazolinyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclic groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyridyl, and thianyl.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclic groups containing two heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, dioxoalkyl.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclic groups containing three heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, triazinanyl.
  • Exemplary 7-membered heterocyclic groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, azepanyl, oxaheptyl, and thiaheptanyl.
  • Exemplary 8-membered heterocyclic groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, azacyclooctyl, oxacyclooctyl, and thicyclooctyl.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclic groups (also referred to herein as 5,6-bicyclic heterocyclyl) fused to a C6 aryl ring include, but are not limited to, indanyl, isoindoline , dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothiophenyl, benzoxazolinone, and the like.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclic groups fused to a C 6 aryl ring include, but are not limited to, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and many more.
  • C 6-14 aryl refers to 4n + 2 aromatic mono- or polycyclic ring system having 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms (e.g., bicyclic or tricyclic) (e.g., having A group of 6, 10 or 14 ⁇ electrons shared in a ring.
  • an aryl group having six ring carbon atoms ( "C 6 aryl”; e.g., phenyl).
  • an aryl group has ten ring carbon atoms (" C10 aryl”; for example, naphthyl, eg, 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl).
  • an aryl group has fourteen ring carbon atoms (" C14 aryl"; for example, fluorenyl).
  • C14 aryl for example, fluorenyl
  • a C 6-10 aryl group is particularly preferred, more preferably a C 6 aryl group.
  • the aryl group also includes a ring system in which the above aryl ring is fused to one or more carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups, and the point of attachment is on the aryl ring, in which case the number of carbon atoms continues to be represented. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl ring system.
  • each of the aryl groups is independently optionally substituted, that is, unsubstituted ("unsubstituted aryl") or substituted with one or more substituents ("substituted aryl").
  • the aryl group is an unsubstituted C 6-14 aryl group.
  • the aryl group is a substituted C 6-14 aryl group.
  • C 5-10heteroaryl refers to a 5-10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic 4n+2 aromatic ring system having a ring carbon atom and 1-4 ring heteroatoms (eg, having a shared arrangement in a ring arrangement) a group of 6 or 10 ⁇ electrons, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • the point of attachment may be a carbon or nitrogen atom as long as the valence permits.
  • Heteroaryl bicyclic systems may include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.
  • Heteroaryl also includes ring systems wherein the above heteroaryl ring is fused to one or more carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups, and the point of attachment is on the heteroaryl ring, in this case a carbon atom The number continues to indicate the number of carbon atoms in the heteroaryl ring system.
  • C 5-6 heteroaryl group is particularly preferred, which is a 5-6 membered monocyclic or bicyclic 4n + 2 aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms.
  • each of the heteroaryl groups is independently optionally substituted, ie, unsubstituted ("unsubstituted heteroaryl") or substituted with one or more substituents ("substituted heteroaryl"base").
  • the heteroaryl is an unsubstituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl.
  • the heteroaryl is a substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl, furyl and thienyl.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing two heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, and isothiazolyl.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing three heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing four heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, tetrazolyl.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, pyridyl.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing two heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing three or four heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, triazinyl and tetrazinyl, respectively.
  • Exemplary 7-membered heteroaryl groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, azepandinyl, oxepanethylene, and thiephenylene.
  • Exemplary 5,6-bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, mercapto, isodecyl, oxazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, benzofuranyl , benzoisofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzooxadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, Pyridazinyl and fluorenyl.
  • Exemplary 6,6-bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, naphthyridinyl, acridinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolinyl, fluorenyl, quinoxalinyl, pyridazinyl and quinazolinyl .
  • Carbocyclylene As used herein, “carbocyclylene”, “heterocyclylene”, “arylene” and “heteroarylene” refer to the above-mentioned carbocyclic, heterocyclic, aryl and heteroaryl, respectively. A valency group which removes a hydrogen atom from the group at any possible position to obtain a divalent group. "Carbocyclylene”, “heterocyclylene”, “arylene” and “heteroarylene” may be substituted by one or more substituents as described herein, or unsubstituted. Exemplary unsubstituted “carbocyclylene”, “heterocyclylene”, “arylene” and “heteroarylene” include, but are not limited to, the following groups:
  • Z represents an O, N or S atom.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt means that, within the scope of sound medical judgment, it is suitable for contact with tissues of humans and lower animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergies, etc., and with reasonable benefits/dangers. Those salts that are proportionate.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, Berge et al., pharmaceutically acceptable salts as described in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66: 1-19.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases.
  • non-toxic acid addition salts are salts of amino and inorganic acids, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid, or salts with organic acids, such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, Maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid, or a salt formed using methods used in the art, for example, an ion exchange method.
  • amino and inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid
  • organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, Maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid, or a salt formed using methods used in the art, for example, an ion exchange method.
  • adipic acid salts alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, besylate, benzoate, disulfate, borate, butyrate, camphor Acid salt, camphor sulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanoate, digluconate, lauryl sulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, gluconate, glycerol Phosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate , malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate Salt, pectin
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts derived from suitable bases include the alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N + (C 1-4 alkyl) 4 salts.
  • Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium salts, and the like.
  • Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include non-toxic ammonium salts, quaternary ammonium salts and amine cations formed using counterions, counterions such as halides, hydroxides, carboxylates, sulfates, phosphates, Nitrate, lower alkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate.
  • Subjects for administration include, but are not limited to, humans (ie, males or females of any age group, eg, pediatric subjects (eg, infants, children, adolescents) or adult subjects (eg, young Adults, middle-aged adults or older adults) and/or non-human animals, for example, mammals, for example, primates (eg, cynomolgus monkeys, rhesus monkeys), cattle, pigs, horses, sheep , goats, rodents, cats and/or dogs.
  • the subject is a human.
  • the subject is a non-human animal.
  • the terms "person,” “patient,” and “subject” are used interchangeably herein.
  • treatment includes the effect of a subject having a particular disease, disorder, or condition that reduces the severity of the disease, disorder, or condition, or delays or slows the disease, disorder. Or the development of a condition ("therapeutic treatment"), but also the effect that occurs before the subject begins to have a particular disease, disorder or condition (“prophylactic treatment”).
  • an "effective amount" of a compound refers to an amount sufficient to cause a target biological response.
  • an effective amount of a compound of the invention can vary depending on, for example, the biological target, the pharmacokinetics of the compound, the condition being treated, the mode of administration, and the age of the subject. Health conditions and symptoms. Effective amounts include therapeutically and prophylactically effective amounts.
  • a "therapeutically effective amount" of a compound as used herein is an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic benefit in the course of treating a disease, disorder or condition, or one or more symptoms associated with a disease, disorder or condition. Delay or minimize.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound refers to the amount of a therapeutic agent used alone or in combination with other therapies that provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of a disease, disorder or condition.
  • the term "therapeutically effective amount” can include an amount that improves overall treatment, reduces or avoids the symptoms or causes of a disease or condition, or enhances the therapeutic efficacy of other therapeutic agents.
  • a “prophylactically effective amount” of a compound is an amount sufficient to prevent a disease, disorder, or condition, or a quantity sufficient to prevent one or more symptoms associated with a disease, disorder, or condition, or to prevent disease, unless otherwise stated. The number of relapses of a disorder or condition.
  • a prophylactically effective amount of a compound refers to the amount of a therapeutic agent used alone or in combination with other agents that provides a prophylactic benefit in the prevention of a disease, disorder or condition.
  • the term “prophylactically effective amount” can include an amount that improves the overall amount of prevention, or enhances the prophylactic efficacy of other prophylactic agents.
  • Combination and related terms mean the simultaneous or sequential administration of a therapeutic agent of the invention.
  • a compound of the invention may be administered simultaneously or sequentially with another therapeutic agent in separate unit dosage forms, or together with another therapeutic agent in a single unit dosage form.
  • Cancer-induced cancer refers to a cancer characterized by an unsuitable high expression of the EGFR gene or a mutation of the EGFR gene that alters the biological activity of the EGFR nucleic acid molecule or polypeptide. Cancers caused by EGFR can occur in any tissue including brain, blood, connective tissue, liver, mouth, muscle, spleen, stomach, testes, and trachea.
  • Cancers caused by EGFR include, but are not limited to, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, liver cancer, skin cancer, epithelial cell carcinoma, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, leukemia , tissue cell lymphoma, nasopharyngeal cancer.
  • an "EGFR mutation” or “EGFR mutant” includes one or more deletions, substitutions or additions in the amino acid or nucleotide sequence of the EGFR protein or EGFR coding sequence.
  • the EGFR mutation may also include one or more deletions, substitutions or additions, or fragments thereof, so long as the mutant retains or increases tyrosine kinase activity relative to wild-type EGFR.
  • the kinase or phosphorylation activity can be increased or decreased relative to wild-type EGFR (eg, at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70). %, 80%, 90% or even 100%).
  • Exemplary EGFR mutations include, but are not limited to, the T790M mutation, the L858R mutation, and the L858R/T790M double mutation.
  • the "compound of the present invention” means a compound of the formula (I) - a compound of the formula (VI) (including a subset of each formula, for example, a compound of the formula (VIf) and a compound of the formula (VIf-1)), a pharmaceutically thereof thereof
  • the invention relates to a compound of formula (I):
  • R 1 is independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 haloalkoxy;
  • R 2 is independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 haloalkoxy;
  • Linker L is selected from
  • R a is selected from H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , oxo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy;
  • R b is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 haloalkyl
  • X is selected from C or N atoms as long as the valence bond permits
  • Ring A is selected from a C 3-6 carbocyclic group, a 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group, a C 6-14 aryl group or a C 5-10 heteroaryl group;
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • n 1, 2 or 3;
  • p represents a single bond or a double bond, as long as the valence is allowed
  • q represents a single bond or a double bond, as long as the valence is allowed
  • R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 haloalkyl;
  • W is selected from N, O or S atom, where N may optionally be substituted with R a;
  • R 1 is independently selected from halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 haloalkoxy. More preferably, R 1 is independently selected from halogen, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 haloalkoxy. More preferably, R 1 is C 1-6 alkoxy, such as methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n Pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy and 1,2-dimethylbutoxy.
  • R 1 is a C 1-4 alkoxy group such as methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy and sec-butoxy. More preferably, R 1 is a halogen such as Cl or Br. More preferably, R 1 is Cl or methoxy. Most preferably, R 1 is methoxy.
  • R 2 is independently selected from halogen, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 haloalkyl. More preferably, R 2 is a C 1-6 haloalkyl group. More preferably, R 2 is C 1-4 haloalkyl. More preferably, R 2 is C 1-2 haloalkyl, for example -CF 3, -CH 2 F, -CHF 2, -CHFCH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2, -CF 2 CF 3, -CCl 3, - CH 2 Cl and -CHCl 2 . Most preferably, R 2 is -CF 3 .
  • R a is selected from H, halogen, -CN, oxo, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 haloalkyl. More preferably, R a is selected from H, halogen or oxo group. Most preferably, R a is H.
  • R b is selected from H or C 1-6 alkyl. More preferably, R b is selected from H or C 1-4 alkyl.
  • Ring A is selected from a C 3-6 carbocyclic group or a 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group. More preferably, Ring A is selected from a C 5-6 carbocyclic group or a 3 to 6 membered heterocyclic group. Most preferably, Ring A is a 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic group.
  • n is 0 or 1. In a preferred embodiment, m is zero. In another preferred embodiment, m is one.
  • n is 1 or 2. More preferably, n is 1.
  • both p and q represent a single bond.
  • p represents a single bond and q represents a double bond.
  • p represents a double bond and q represents a single bond.
  • R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl. More preferably, R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are both H.
  • W is selected from N or O atoms.
  • the invention relates to compounds of formula (IIa)-(IIe):
  • Y is selected from C, N, O or S atoms
  • R 1 - R 6 , X, W, A, n and q are as defined above.
  • the invention relates to compounds of formula (IIIa)-(IIIf):
  • Y is selected from C, N, O or S atoms
  • R 1 - R 6 , R a , X, W, A, n, p and q are as defined above.
  • the invention relates to compounds of formula (IVa)-(IVo):
  • Y is selected from C, N, O or S atoms
  • R 1 - R 6 , R a , X, W, A, n, p and q are as defined above.
  • the invention relates to a compound of formula (Va)-(Vo):
  • Y is selected from C, N, O or S atoms, o is 0, 1 , 2 or 3, and R 1 - R 6 , R a , X, W, A, n and q are as defined above.
  • the invention relates to compounds of formula (VIa)-(VIf):
  • Y is selected from C, N, O or S atoms, and R 1 - R 6 , W, A, n and q are as defined above.
  • the invention relates to a compound of the formula:
  • R 1 is Cl or methoxy
  • W is -O- or -NH-
  • R 3 and n are as defined above.
  • the compounds of the invention may include one or more asymmetric centers, and thus may exist in a variety of stereoisomeric forms, for example, enantiomeric and/or diastereomeric forms.
  • the compounds of the invention may be in the form of individual enantiomers, diastereomers or geometric isomers (e.g., cis and trans isomers), or may be in the form of a mixture of stereoisomers, A racemic mixture and a mixture rich in one or more stereoisomers are included.
  • the isomers can be separated from the mixture by methods known to those skilled in the art, including: chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and the formation and crystallization of a chiral salt; or preferred isomers can be passed Prepared by asymmetric synthesis.
  • HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
  • the invention also includes all suitable isotopic variations of the compounds of the invention.
  • An isotopic variation of a compound of the invention is defined as wherein at least one atom is replaced by an atom having the same atomic number but differing in atomic mass from the atomic mass typically found in nature.
  • isotopes which may be incorporated into the compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine and chlorine, for example 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 17 O, 18 O, respectively. 18 F, 31 P, 32 p, 35 S and 36 Cl.
  • isotopic variations of the compounds of the invention are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies.
  • Deuterated (i.e., 3 H) and carbon-14 (i.e., 14 C) isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability.
  • substitution with isotopes e.g., hydrazine, i.e., 2 H
  • Isotopic variations of the compounds of the invention can generally be prepared by conventional procedures, for example by illustrative methods or by the preparations described in the Examples below, using appropriate isotopic variations of the appropriate reagents.
  • the deuterated diaminopyrimidine compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof have equivalent or more excellent pharmacokinetics and/or compared to the undeuterated compound. It has pharmacodynamic properties and is therefore suitable as a compound for inhibiting EGFR kinase, and is therefore more suitable for the preparation of a medicament for treating cancer and EGFR kinase-related diseases.
  • the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be in an amorphous or crystalline form.
  • the compounds of the invention may exist in one or more crystalline forms. Accordingly, the invention includes within its scope all amorphous or crystalline forms of the compounds of the invention.
  • prodrugs are also included within the context of the present invention.
  • the term "prodrug” as used herein refers to a compound which is converted in vivo to an active form thereof having a medical effect by, for example, hydrolysis in blood.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs are described in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Prodrugs as Novel Delivery Systems, ACSSymposium Series Vol. 14, Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, and D. Fleisher, S. Ramon, and H. Barbra "Improved oral drug delivery:solubility limitations overcome by the use of prodrugs", Advanced Drug Deliver yReviews (1996) 19(2) 115-130, each This article is incorporated herein by reference.
  • a prodrug is any covalently bonded carrier which, when administered to a patient, releases the compound of formula (I) in vivo.
  • Prodrugs are typically prepared by modifying functional groups in such a way that the modifications can be cleaved by routine manipulation or in vivo to yield the parent compound.
  • Prodrugs include, for example, compounds of the invention wherein a hydroxy, amine or sulfhydryl group is bonded to any group which, when administered to a patient, can be cleaved to form a hydroxy, amine or sulfhydryl group.
  • prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol, mercapto and amine functional groups of the compounds of formula (I).
  • an ester such as a methyl ester, an ethyl ester or the like can be used.
  • the ester itself may be active and/or may hydrolyze under conditions in humans.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable body Hydrolyzable ester groups include those groups which readily decompose in the human body to release the parent acid or a salt thereof.
  • compositions, formulations and kits are provided.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the invention (also referred to as "active ingredient") and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises an effective amount of the active component.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a therapeutically effective amount of the active component.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a prophylactically effective amount of the active component.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient for use in the present invention refers to a non-toxic carrier, adjuvant or vehicle which does not destroy the pharmacological activity of the compound formulated together.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants, or vehicles that can be used in the compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins (eg, human serum white) Protein), buffer substances (such as phosphate), glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, a mixture of partial glycerides of saturated plant fatty acids, water, salt or electrolyte (such as protamine sulfate), disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate , sodium chloride, zinc salt, silica gel, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based materials, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyacrylate, wax, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene - Block
  • kits e.g., pharmaceutical packs.
  • Kits provided may include a compound of the invention, other therapeutic agents, and first and second containers (eg, vials, ampoules, bottles, syringes, and/or dispersible packages or other materials containing the compounds of the invention, other therapeutic agents) Suitable container).
  • first and second containers eg, vials, ampoules, bottles, syringes, and/or dispersible packages or other materials containing the compounds of the invention, other therapeutic agents
  • kits can also optionally include a third container containing a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient for diluting or suspending a compound of the invention and/or other therapeutic agent.
  • a compound of the invention provided in a first container and a second container is combined with other therapeutic agents to form a unit dosage form.
  • formulation examples illustrate representative pharmaceutical compositions that can be prepared in accordance with the present invention.
  • the invention is not limited to the following pharmaceutical compositions.
  • Exemplary Formulation 1 - Tablet The compound of the present invention in dry powder form can be mixed with the dried gel binder in a weight ratio of about 1:2. A smaller amount of magnesium stearate was added as a lubricant. The mixture is shaped into 0.3-30 mg tablets (each tablet contains 0.1-10 mg of active compound per tablet) in a tablet press.
  • Exemplary Formulation 2 - Tablet The compound of the present invention in dry powder form can be mixed with the dried gel binder in a weight ratio of about 1:2. A smaller amount of magnesium stearate was added as a lubricant. The mixture is formed into a 30-90 mg tablet (each tablet contains 10-30 mg of active compound per tablet) in a tablet press.
  • Exemplary Formulation 3 - Tablet The compound of the present invention in dry powder form can be mixed with the dried gel binder in a weight ratio of about 1:2. A smaller amount of magnesium stearate was added as a lubricant. The mixture is shaped into 90-150 mg tablets (30-50 mg of active compound per tablet) in a tablet press.
  • Exemplary Formulation 4-Tablet The compound of the invention in dry powder form can be combined with the dried gel binder in a weight ratio of about 1:2. A smaller amount of magnesium stearate was added as a lubricant. The mixture is formed into a 150-240 mg tablet (each tablet contains 50-80 mg of active compound per tablet) in a tablet press.
  • Exemplary Formulation 5 - Tablet The compound of the invention in dry powder form can be combined with the dried gel binder in a weight ratio of about 1:2. A smaller amount of magnesium stearate was added as a lubricant. The mixture is shaped into 240-270 mg tablets (each tablet contains 80-90 mg of active compound per tablet) in a tablet press.
  • Exemplary Formulation 6-Tablet The compound of the invention in dry powder form can be combined with the dried gel binder in a weight ratio of about 1:2. A smaller amount of magnesium stearate was added as a lubricant. The mixture is shaped into a 270-450 mg tablet (each tablet contains 90-150 mg of active compound) in a tablet press.
  • Exemplary Formulation 7-Tablet The compound of the invention in dry powder form can be combined with the dried gel binder in a weight ratio of about 1:2. A smaller amount of magnesium stearate was added as a lubricant. The mixture is shaped into 450-900 mg tablets (each tablet contains 150-300 mg of active compound per tablet) in a tablet press.
  • Exemplary Formulation 8 - Capsules The compound of the invention in dry powder form can be combined with the starch diluent in a weight ratio of about 1:1. The mixture was filled into 250 mg capsules (each capsule containing 125 mg of active compound).
  • Exemplary Formulation 9-Liquid The compound of the present invention (125 mg) can be mixed with sucrose (1.75 g) and xanthan gum (4 mg), and the resulting mixture can be blended, passed through a No. 10 mesh U.S. sieve, and then It was mixed with an aqueous solution of microcrystalline cellulose and sodium carboxymethylcellulose (11:89, 50 mg) prepared in advance. Sodium benzoate (10 mg), flavor and color are diluted with water and added with stirring. Then, sufficient water can be added to give a total volume of 5 mL.
  • Exemplary Formulation 10 - Injection The compound of the invention may be dissolved or suspended in a buffered sterile saline injectable aqueous medium to a concentration of about 5 mg/mL.
  • the pharmaceutical composition provided by the present invention can be administered by a variety of routes including, but not limited to, oral administration, parenteral administration, inhalation administration, topical administration, rectal administration, nasal administration, oral administration, vaginal administration.
  • parenteral administration as used herein includes subcutaneous administration, intradermal administration, intravenous administration, intramuscular administration, intra-articular administration, intra-arterial administration, intrasynovial administration, intrasternal administration. , intracerebroventricular administration, intralesional administration, and intracranial injection or infusion techniques.
  • an effective amount of a compound provided herein is administered.
  • the amount of compound actually administered can be determined by the physician. .
  • the compound provided herein is administered to a subject at risk of developing the condition, typically based on a physician's recommendation and administered under the supervision of a physician, at the dosage level as described above.
  • Subjects at risk of developing a particular condition typically include subjects with a family history of the condition, or those subjects that are particularly susceptible to developing the condition by genetic testing or screening.
  • long-term administration can also be administered chronically.
  • Long-term administration refers to administration of a compound or a pharmaceutical composition thereof for a long period of time, for example, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 5 years, etc., or can be continuously administered indefinitely, For example, the rest of the subject.
  • chronic administration is intended to provide a constant level of the compound in the blood over a prolonged period of time, for example, within a therapeutic window.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be further delivered using various methods of administration.
  • a pharmaceutical composition can be administered by bolus injection, for example, to increase the concentration of the compound in the blood to an effective level.
  • the bolus dose depends on the target systemic level of the active ingredient through the body, for example, an intramuscular or subcutaneous bolus dose that causes a slow release of the active ingredient, while a bolus that is delivered directly to the vein (eg, via IV IV drip) ) can be delivered more quickly, allowing the concentration of active ingredient in the blood to rise quickly to be effective Level.
  • the pharmaceutical composition can be administered in a continuous infusion form, for example, by IV intravenous drip to provide a steady state concentration of the active ingredient in the subject's body.
  • a bolus dose of the pharmaceutical composition can be administered first, followed by continued infusion.
  • Oral compositions can be in the form of a bulk liquid solution or suspension or bulk powder. More generally, however, the composition is provided in unit dosage form for ease of precise dosing.
  • unit dosage form refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human patients and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active ingredient suitable to produce the desired therapeutic effect with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient.
  • Typical unit dosage forms include prefilled, pre-measured ampoules or syringes of the liquid compositions, or pills, tablets, capsules and the like in the case of solid compositions.
  • the compound will generally be a minor component (about 0.1 to about 50% by weight, or preferably about 1 to about 40% by weight), with the remainder being useful for forming the desired form of administration.
  • a carrier or excipient and a processing aid is provided in unit dosage form for ease of precise dosing.
  • a representative regimen is one to five oral doses per day, especially two to four oral doses, typically three oral doses.
  • each dose provides from about 0.01 to about 20 mg/kg of a compound of the invention, each preferably providing from about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg, especially from about 1 to about 5 mg/kg.
  • a transdermal dose is generally selected in an amount of from about 0.01 to about 20% by weight, preferably from about 0.1 to about 20% by weight, preferably about 0.1. To about 10% by weight, and more preferably from about 0.5 to about 15% by weight.
  • the injection dose level ranges from about 1 mg/kg/hr to at least 10 mg/kg/hr from about 1 to about 120 hours, especially 24 to 96 hours.
  • a preload bolus of about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg or more can also be administered.
  • the maximum total dose cannot exceed about 2 g/day.
  • Liquid forms suitable for oral administration may include suitable aqueous or nonaqueous vehicles as well as buffers, suspending and dispersing agents, coloring agents, flavoring agents, and the like.
  • the solid form may include, for example, any of the following components, or a compound having similar properties: a binder, for example, microcrystalline cellulose, tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrant, For example, alginic acid, Primogel or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate; a glidant such as colloidal silica; a sweetener such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as mint, water Methyl salicylate or orange flavoring.
  • a binder for example, microcrystalline cellulose, tragacanth or gelatin
  • an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrant, For example, alginic acid, Primogel or corn star
  • Injectable compositions are typically based on injectable sterile saline or phosphate buffered saline, or other injectable excipients known in the art.
  • the active compound will typically be a minor component, often from about 0.05 to 10% by weight, with the remainder being injectable excipients and the like.
  • transdermal compositions are typically formulated as topical ointments or creams containing the active ingredient.
  • the active component When formulated as an ointment, the active component is typically combined with a paraffin or water miscible ointment base.
  • the active ingredient can be formulated as a cream with, for example, an oil-in-water cream base.
  • Such transdermal formulations are well known in the art and generally include other ingredients for enhancing stable skin penetration of the active ingredient or formulation. All such known transdermal formulations and components are included within the scope of the invention.
  • transdermal administration can be accomplished using a reservoir or a porous membrane type, or a patch of a plurality of solid matrices.
  • compositions for oral administration, injection or topical administration are merely representative.
  • Other materials and processing techniques are described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th edition, 1985, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, In Section 8 of Pennsylvania, this document is incorporated by reference.
  • the compounds of the invention may also be administered in sustained release form or from a sustained release delivery system.
  • sustained release materials can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences.
  • the invention further relates to pharmaceutically acceptable formulations of the compounds of the invention.
  • the formulation comprises water.
  • the formulation comprises a cyclodextrin derivative.
  • the most common cyclodextrins are alpha-, beta- and gamma-cyclodextrins consisting of 6, 7 and 8 alpha-1,4-linked glucose units, respectively, optionally including one on the attached sugar moiety. Or a plurality of substituents including, but not limited to, methylated, hydroxyalkylated, acylated, and sulfoalkyl ether substituted.
  • the cyclodextrin is a sulfoalkyl ether beta-cyclodextrin, eg, sulfobutylether beta-cyclodextrin, also known as Captisol. See, for example, U.S. 5,376,645.
  • the formulation comprises hexapropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin (eg, 10-50% in water).
  • the compounds of the invention or compositions thereof may be administered in combination with other therapeutic agents to treat the disease.
  • therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, Adriamycin, dexamethasone, vincristine, cyclophosphamide, fluorouracil, topotecan ( Topotecan), taxol, interferon, platinum derivatives, taxanes (eg, paclitaxel), vinca alkaloids (eg, vinblastine), anthracycline ( Anthracycline) (eg, doxombicin), epipodophyllotoxin (eg, etoposide), cisplatin, mTOR inhibitor (eg, rapamycin), Methotrexate, actinomycin D, dolastatin 10, colchicine, emetine, trimetrexate, chlorobenzene Metoprine, cyclosporine, daunorubicin, teniposide, amphotericin, alkylating agent (eg chlorambucil)
  • a compound of the invention or a composition thereof can be administered in combination with any one or more anti-proliferative or chemotherapeutic agents selected from the group consisting of: abarelix, aldileukin (aldesleukin), alemtuzumab, alitretinoin, allopurinol, altretamine, amifostine, anastrozole, arsenic trioxide, day Asparaginase, azacitidine, BCG Live, bevacuzimab, fluorouracil, bexarotene, bleomycin, bortezomib, white Busulfan, calbuterone, capecitabine, camptothecin, carboplatin, carmustine, celecoxib, cetuximab Antibiotic (cetuximab), chlorambucil, cladribine, clofarabine, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, actinomycin D, darbepo
  • therapeutic agents to which the compounds of the invention may also be combined include, but are not limited to, therapeutic agents for Alzheimer's Disease, such as donepezil hydrochloride and rivastigmine. ; therapeutic agents for Parkinson's Disease, such as L-DOPA/carbidopa, entacapone, ropinrole, pramipexole ( Pramipexole), bromocriptine, pergolide, trihexephendyl, and amantadine; a therapeutic agent for multiple sclerosis (MS), Such as beta interferon, glatiramer acetate and mitoxantrone; therapeutic agents for asthma, such as albuterol and montelukast; therapeutic agents for schizophrenia, such as Zyprexa, risperdal, seroquel, and haloperidol; anti-inflammatory agents such as corticosteroids, TNF blockers, IL-1RA, azathioprine , cyclophosphamide and sulfasala
  • those other active agents can be administered separately from the compositions containing the compounds of the invention as part of a multiple dosing regimen.
  • those active agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed with a compound of the invention in a single composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosing regimen, the two active agents can be provided simultaneously, sequentially, or at intervals from one another (usually within 5 hours of each other).
  • the invention provides a method for inhibiting a protein tyrosine kinase (such as EGFR kinase) or treating a disease (such as cancer, cell proliferative disease, inflammation, infection, immune disease, organ transplantation, viral disease, cardiovascular disease or A method of metabolic disease comprising the steps of administering a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, solvate, hydrate, crystal form, prodrug thereof, to a subject in need of treatment Or an isotope variant, or a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
  • a protein tyrosine kinase such as EGFR kinase
  • a disease such as cancer, cell proliferative disease, inflammation, infection, immune disease, organ transplantation, viral disease, cardiovascular disease or A method of metabolic disease comprising the steps of administering a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, solvate, hydrate, crystal form, prodrug thereof, to a subject in need of treatment Or
  • the compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment of cancer caused by EGFR.
  • the compounds are useful for treating cancer caused by EGFR expressing an EGFR mutant and for treating cancer caused by EGFR that is refractory to RTKI therapy (eg, erlotinib or gefitinib).
  • the compounds of the invention are inhibitors of at least one mutant of EGFR and are therefore suitable for treatment with one or more EGFR mutants (eg, deletion mutations, activating mutations, resistance mutations, or combinations thereof, specific examples include T790M mutations, One or more disorders associated with the activity of the L858R mutation and the L858R/T790M double mutation.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a mutant EGFR mediated disorder comprising administering a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a stereoisomer thereof, to a patient in need thereof a solvate, hydrate, crystal form, prodrug or isotopic variation, or a step of administering a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
  • Cancers treatable by the compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLS), small cell lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, liver cancer, skin cancer, epithelial cell carcinoma, Hyperproliferative diseases such as gastrointestinal stromal tumors, leukemia, histiocytic lymphoma, and nasopharyngeal carcinoma.
  • the compounds of the invention may also be used to maintain the maintenance of cancer recurrence in patients in need of such treatment.
  • an effective amount of a compound of the invention will generally be administered in a single or multiple doses at an average daily dose of from 0.01 mg to 50 mg of compound per kilogram of patient body weight, preferably from 0.1 mg to 25 mg of compound per kilogram of patient body weight.
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered to a patient in need of such treatment in a daily dosage range of from about 1 mg to about 3500 mg per patient, preferably from 10 mg to 1000 mg.
  • the daily dose per patient can be 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900 or 1000 mg. It can be administered one or more times daily, weekly (or several days apart) or on an intermittent schedule.
  • the compound can be administered one or more times per day on a weekly basis (e.g., every Monday), continually or for several weeks, such as 4-10 weeks.
  • the administration may be continued for several days (e.g., 2-10 days), followed by a few days (e.g., 1-30 days) without administration of the compound, and the cycle may be repeated indefinitely or repeated for a given number of times, such as 4-10 Cycles.
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered daily for 5 days, then intermittently for 9 days, then administered daily for 5 days, then intermittent for 9 days, and so on, optionally repeating the cycle or repeating 4-10 times.
  • RTKI e.g., erlotinib or gefitinib
  • the individual components of the combination therapy can be administered at their dosage level and regimen for monotherapy.
  • erlotinib has been orally administered at a dose of 150 mg per day for the treatment of NSCLC, and has been orally administered at a dose of 100 mg per day for pancreatic cancer.
  • gefitinib has been orally administered at a dose of 250 mg per day for the treatment of NSCLC.
  • RTKI e.g., erlotinib or gefitinib
  • the dosage level of one or both components is reduced compared to when used alone.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be prepared according to conventional methods in the art and using suitable reagents, starting materials, and purification methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • Scheme 1 illustrates the preparation of intermediates.
  • the intermediate can be prepared by the following steps: 5-substituted 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (which is commercially available or obtained from known starting materials by reactions well known in the art) and protected The 3-substituted aniline is coupled under typical coupling conditions, the protecting group is removed, and the intermediate is then coupled with a substituted acrylic acid or a derivative thereof (e.g., acryloyl chloride) to provide an intermediate.
  • a substituted acrylic acid or a derivative thereof e.g., acryloyl chloride
  • Scheme 2 illustrates several preparations of another intermediate.
  • the intermediate can be prepared by subjecting a 2-substituted 4-halonitrobenzene (which is commercially available or obtained from a known raw material by a reaction well known in the art) to a coupling reaction, The reduction reaction is carried out to obtain an intermediate; or the 3-substituted 4-nitrobenzoic acid (ester) is reduced, halogenated, coupled, and reduced to obtain an intermediate.
  • a 2-substituted 4-halonitrobenzene which is commercially available or obtained from a known raw material by a reaction well known in the art
  • the reduction reaction is carried out to obtain an intermediate; or the 3-substituted 4-nitrobenzoic acid (ester) is reduced, halogenated, coupled, and reduced to obtain an intermediate.
  • Scheme 3 illustrates the preparation of a compound of formula (I). Specifically, the intermediates which can be prepared by the schemes 1 and 2 are obtained by a coupling reaction.
  • each reaction is usually carried out in an inert solvent at room temperature to reflux temperature (e.g., 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 80 ° C).
  • the reaction time is usually from 0.1 to 60 hours, preferably from 0.5 to 24 hours.
  • step 1
  • Dichloromethane (15 mL) was added to a 100 mL three-necked flask, and (3-((2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)phenyl)carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1.0) was added with stirring. g, 2.57 mmol), cooled in an ice water bath, trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL) was added dropwise, the ice bath was removed, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h under N 2 atmosphere. Dichloromethane (50 mL) was added again, and triethylamine (5.6 mL, 40.4 mmol) was added dropwise to the trifluoroacetic acid.
  • step 1
  • step 1
  • Trifluoroacetic acid (three drops) was added to 1-(4-(3-methoxy-4-aminophenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-1-yl)ethanone (133 mg, 540 ⁇ mol) and N-(3-((2-chloro-5-trifluoromethylpyrimidin-4-yl)amino)phenyl)acrylamide (185 mg, 540 ⁇ mol) of 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) After stirring at 60 ° C for 2 h, triethylamine was added dropwise to adjust to neutrality.
  • step 1
  • step 1
  • step 1
  • step 1
  • step 1
  • step 1
  • step 1
  • WT EGFR (Cama, Cat. No. 08-115), EGFR [L858R/T790M] (Cama, Cat. No. 08-510), ATP (Sigma, Cat. No. A7699-1G), DMSO (Sigma, Cat. No. D2650), 96-well Plate (Coming, Cat. No. 3365), 384-well plate (Greiner, Cat. No. 784076), HTRF Kinase TK Kit (Cisbio, Cat. No. 62TK0PEJ), Erlotinib (Selleckchem, Cat. No. S7787), EGFR [d746-750] (Life Technologies, Cat. No. PV6178), 5x Kinase Buffer A (Life Technologies, Cat. No. PV3186), Kinase Tracer 199 (Life Technologies, Cat. No. PV5830), Eu-anti-GST antibody (Life Technologies, catalog number PV5594).
  • test compound was dissolved in DMSO to make a 20 mM mother liquor. Then, it was diluted 3 times in a medium gradient of DMSO and diluted 10 times. When dosing, dilute with buffer for 10 times.
  • EGFR and EGFR [L858R/T790M] Kinase Assay EGFR or EGFR [L858R/T790M] kinase was mixed with pre-diluted compounds of different concentrations in 5x Kinase Buffer A for 10 minutes at each concentration. The corresponding substrate and ATP were added, and the room temperature was reacted for 20 minutes (in which a negative positive control was set: a negative blank control and a positive erlotinib).
  • the detection reagent (the reagent in the HTRF Kinase TK kit) was added, and after incubation at room temperature for 30 minutes, the enzyme activity in the presence of the compound of the present invention at each concentration was measured by an Evnvision microplate reader, and the compound concentrations of different concentrations were calculated.
  • the inhibitory activity of the enzyme activity was then fitted according to the four-parameter equation, and the inhibitory activity of the enzyme activity under different concentrations of the compound was fitted according to Graphpad 5.0 software, and the IC 50 value was calculated.
  • the anti-proliferative activity of the compound of the present invention against three tumor cells cultured in vitro was examined by MTS method.
  • the experimental results show that the compound of the present invention has an inhibitory effect on the in vitro proliferation of cancer cells cultured in vitro; wherein the inhibition of proliferation of lung cancer cells in vitro is stronger than that of skin cancer cells in vitro.
  • Skin cancer cell line A431 (purchased from the American Standard Collection of Biological Products (ATCC)); lung cancer cells NCI-H1975 (purchased from the American Standard Collection of Biological Products (ATCC)) and HCC827 (purchased from the American Standard Collection of Biological Products (ATCC) Both were cultured in RPMI1640 medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum, 100 U/ml penicillin, and 100 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin.
  • RPMI-1640 (GIBCO, catalog number A10491-01); fetal bovine serum (GIBCO, catalog number 10099141); 0.25% trypsin-EDTA (GIBCO, catalog number 25200); penicillin-streptomycin, liquid (GIBCO, catalog number 15140-122); DMSO (Sigma, Cat. No. D2650); MTS Test Kit (Promega, Cat. No. G3581), 96-well plate (Coming, Cat. No. 3365).
  • test compound preparation The test compound was dissolved in DMSO to prepare a 20 mM mother liquor and stored at -20 °C. Dilute 3 times with a gradient of DMSO and the like, and dilute 10 times. The drug medium was diluted 4 times with the drug.
  • MTS cell viability assay 0.25% trypsin-EDTA digested logarithmic growth phase cells, inoculated with 150 ⁇ l in 96-well plates at an optimized density, and added to the medium 4 times after dilution for 4 hours, 50 ⁇ l/well (generally 10 Concentrations: 100, 33.3, 11.1, 3.70, 1.23, 0.412, 0.137, 0.0457, 0.0152, 0.00508 ⁇ M). A well of the same volume of 0.5% DMSO was added as a control. After the cells were cultured for 72 hours, MTS was assayed for cell viability.

Abstract

The present invention relates to aminopyrimidine compounds capable of inhibiting the activity of protein tyrosine kinase, and to preparation and uses thereof. Specifically, disclosed are an aminopyrimidine compound shown in Formula (I), and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a stereoisomer, a solvate, a hydrate, a crystal form, a prodrug, or an isotope-variant medicine composition, comprising the compound. The compound in the present invention can be used for treating and/or preventing protein tyrosine kinase related diseases such as cell proliferative diseases, cancers, and immune diseases.

Description

用于抑制蛋白酪氨酸激酶活性的氨基嘧啶类化合物Aminopyrimidine compound for inhibiting protein tyrosine kinase activity 技术领域Technical field
本发明属于医药领域。具体地,本发明涉及对蛋白酪氨酸激酶活性具有抑制作用的氨基嘧啶类化合物,包含它们的药物组合物,以及它们的制备方法和用途。更具体地,本发明涉及用于治疗与蛋白酪氨酸激酶(例如但不限于EGFR(包括HER)、ALK、PDGFR)代谢途径失调有关疾病(例如肿瘤及相关疾病)的氨基嘧啶类化合物、及其药物组合物和使用方法。The invention belongs to the field of medicine. Specifically, the present invention relates to aminopyrimidine compounds having an inhibitory effect on protein tyrosine kinase activity, pharmaceutical compositions containing the same, and methods for their preparation and use. More particularly, the present invention relates to aminopyrimidines for use in the treatment of diseases associated with dysregulation of metabolic pathways of protein tyrosine kinases such as, but not limited to, EGFR (including HER), ALK, PDGFR, such as tumors and related diseases, and Its pharmaceutical composition and method of use.
背景技术Background technique
蛋白酪氨酸激酶(protein tyrosine kinase,PTK)是一类催化ATP上γ-磷酸转移到蛋白酪氨酸残基上的激酶,能催化多种底物蛋白质的酪氨酸残基磷酸化,在细胞生长、增殖、分化中具有重要作用。因为蛋白酪氨酸激酶对细胞有极深的影响,因此它们的活性受到高度调节。激酶通过磷酸化(有时通过自磷酸化),通过结合激活蛋白、抑制蛋白或小分子,或通过控制它们在细胞中的定位来开启或关闭。目前已知激酶活性的功能障碍与多种疾病有关,所述功能障碍由基因异常或环境因素引起。一些严重的病理状态(包括癌症和慢性炎症)与细胞内信号刺激有关,并且由于激酶积极地传递信号,它们的抑制提供了有力的抑制或控制信号转导级联的途径。Protein tyrosine kinase (PTK) is a class of kinases that catalyze the transfer of γ-phosphate on ATP to protein tyrosine residues, which catalyzes the phosphorylation of tyrosine residues in a variety of substrate proteins. It plays an important role in cell growth, proliferation and differentiation. Because protein tyrosine kinases have a profound effect on cells, their activity is highly regulated. Kinases are turned on or off by phosphorylation (sometimes by autophosphorylation), by binding to activators, inhibitory proteins or small molecules, or by controlling their localization in cells. Dysfunctions of kinase activity are currently known to be associated with a variety of diseases caused by genetic abnormalities or environmental factors. Some serious pathological conditions, including cancer and chronic inflammation, are associated with intracellular signal stimulation, and because kinases actively transmit signals, their inhibition provides a powerful pathway to inhibit or control the signal transduction cascade.
根据蛋白酪氨酸激酶是否存在于细胞膜受体可将其分成非受体型和膜受体型。非受体酪氨酸激酶(non-receptor tyrosine kinase,nrRTK)以Src为代表,此外还有Yes、Fyn、Lck、Fgr、Lyn、Fps/Fes及Ab1等。受体酪氨酸激酶(receptortyrosinekinase,RTK)根据它们的结构不同,可以分为9种类型,其中较常见的有以下4种类型:表皮生长因子受体(EGFR)家族、胰岛素受体家族、PDGF/MCSF/SCF受体家族,以及成纤维细胞生长因子受体(FGFR)家族。Protein tyrosine kinases can be classified into non-receptor type and membrane receptor type depending on whether they are present in the cell membrane receptor. Non-receptor tyrosine kinase (nrRTK) is represented by Src, in addition to Yes, Fyn, Lck, Fgr, Lyn, Fps/Fes and Ab1. Receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs) can be divided into 9 types according to their structures. Among them, the following four types are commonly used: epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) family, insulin receptor family, PDGF. /MCSF/SCF receptor family, and the fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR) family.
表皮生长因子受体(人类的EGFR;ErbB-1;HER1)是ErbB受体家族的成员,ErbB受体家族是四种密切相关的受体酪氨酸激酶EGFR(ErbB-1),HER2/c-NEU(ErbB-2),HER 3(ErbB-3)和HER 4(ErbB-4)的亚家族。EGFR是胞外蛋白配体表皮生长因子家族(EGF家族)成员的细胞表面受体。影响EGFR表达或活性的突变可能导致癌症。据报道,在大多数实体瘤如肺癌、乳腺癌和脑瘤中,EGFR处于失调状态。据估计,30%的上皮癌与EGFR或家族成员的突变、扩增或失调有关。The epidermal growth factor receptor (human EGFR; ErbB-1; HER1) is a member of the ErbB receptor family, and the ErbB receptor family is the four closely related receptor tyrosine kinase EGFR (ErbB-1), HER2/c - NEU (ErbB-2), a subfamily of HER 3 (ErbB-3) and HER 4 (ErbB-4). EGFR is a cell surface receptor for members of the epidermal growth factor family (EGF family) of the extracellular protein ligand. Mutations that affect EGFR expression or activity may result in cancer. It has been reported that EGFR is in an dysregulated state in most solid tumors such as lung cancer, breast cancer and brain tumors. It is estimated that 30% of epithelial cancers are associated with mutations, amplification or dysregulation of EGFR or family members.
受体酪氨酸激酶抑制剂(protein receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor,RTKI)为受体酪氨酸激酶的抑制剂,抑制剂通常为小分子化合物,通过对受体酪氨酸激酶活性(可逆或不可逆)的抑制,阻断细胞表面受体与配体结合后胞内区活化信号,从而抑制信号转到通路的最终生物学效应。A receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor (RTKI) is an inhibitor of a receptor tyrosine kinase. The inhibitor is usually a small molecule compound that is reactive (reversible or irreversible) to the receptor tyrosine kinase. Inhibition, blocking the activation of intracellular regions after binding of cell surface receptors to ligands, thereby inhibiting the final biological effects of signal transduction pathways.
近年来,受体酪氨酸激酶抑制剂研究领域倍受瞩目。第一代受体酪氨酸激酶抑制剂为单靶点酪氨酸激酶抑制剂,如吉非替尼、厄洛替尼等药物。吉非替尼为EGFR酪氨酸激酶抑制剂,主要用于非小细胞肺癌(NSCLC),对酪氨酸激酶基因编码区突变型肿瘤的有效率高达80%以上。厄洛替尼为EGFR酪氨酸激酶抑制剂,该药对非小细胞肺癌复发患者的有效率为10%左右。In recent years, the field of research on receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors has attracted much attention. The first generation of receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors are single-target tyrosine kinase inhibitors, such as gefitinib, erlotinib and the like. Gefitinib is an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor, mainly used for non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), and has an efficiency of more than 80% for tyrosine kinase gene coding region mutant tumors. Erlotinib is an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor, and the drug is effective in about 10% of patients with relapsed non-small cell lung cancer.
然而,治疗一段时间后,对吉非替尼或厄洛替尼的获得性耐药性成为主要的临床问题。研究证实产生耐药性的一个主要原因是由于T790M突变,其为EGFR的“门卫”。然后,研发了针对T790M的 第二代受体酪氨酸激酶抑制剂,如阿法替尼,其为EGFR的不可逆抑制剂并在临床试验中表现出优势。虽然这些抑制剂有效抑制T790M突变,但是同时还抑制野生型EGFR(WT EGFR),产生了严重的副作用,这限制了临床应用。However, acquired resistance to gefitinib or erlotinib has become a major clinical problem after a period of treatment. Studies have shown that a major cause of drug resistance is due to the T790M mutation, which is the "gatekeeper" of EGFR. Then, developed the T790M Second-generation receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors, such as afatinib, are irreversible inhibitors of EGFR and show advantages in clinical trials. Although these inhibitors potently inhibit the T790M mutation, they also inhibit wild-type EGFR (WT EGFR), which has serious side effects, which limits clinical applications.
第三代及后续的EGFR抑制剂包括AZD9291和CO-1686等化合物,不可逆抑制EGFR,并且对发生T790M耐药突变的患者仍有较高的有效率,但是对野生型EGFR也存在抑制作用。Third-generation and subsequent EGFR inhibitors, including compounds such as AZD9291 and CO-1686, irreversibly inhibit EGFR, and are still more effective in patients with T790M-resistant mutations, but also have an inhibitory effect on wild-type EGFR.
因此,有必要进一步研发新的EGFR抑制剂,其不仅能有效抑制T790M突变,而且相对于野生型而言对T790M突变具有高选择性。Therefore, it is necessary to further develop new EGFR inhibitors that not only effectively inhibit the T790M mutation, but also have high selectivity for the T790M mutation relative to the wild type.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明提供了一类新的EGFR抑制剂,其具有更好的药效学/药代动力学性能,并且对T790M突变、L858R突变和L858R/T790M双突变的选择性更高。The present invention provides a new class of EGFR inhibitors that have better pharmacodynamic/pharmacokinetic properties and are more selective for the T790M mutation, the L858R mutation, and the L858R/T790M double mutation.
因此,在一方面,本发明提供了如下的式(I)化合物:Thus, in one aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula (I):
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000001
其中,among them,
R1独立地选自H、卤素、-CN、-NO2、C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基、C1-6烷氧基或C1-6卤代烷氧基;R 1 is independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 haloalkoxy;
R2独立地选自H、卤素、-CN、-NO2、C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基、C1-6烷氧基或C1-6卤代烷氧基;R 2 is independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 haloalkoxy;
连接基L选自Linker L is selected from
1)C、N、O或S原子,只要价键允许;其中C和N可任选被Ra取代;1) C, N, O or S atoms, as long as valency allows; wherein C and N may be optionally substituted with R a;
2)C1-6亚烷基、C2-6亚烯基、C2-6亚炔基、C3-10亚碳环基、3至10元亚杂环基、C6-14亚芳基或C5-10亚杂芳基;其中所述基团任选被一个或多个Ra取代;2) C 1-6 alkylene, C 2-6 alkenylene, C 2-6 alkynylene, C 3-10 carbocyclylene, 3 to 10 membered heterocyclylene, C 6-14 aroma Or a C 5-10 heteroarylene; wherein the group is optionally substituted with one or more R a ;
3)-C(=O)-、-C(=O)O-、-C(=O)N(Rb)-、-N(Rb)C(=O)-、-N(Rb)C(=O)O-、-N(Rb)C(=O)N(Rb)-、-N(Rb)S(=O)-、-N(Rb)S(=O)2-、-OC(=O)-、-OC(=O)N(Rb)-、-OS(=O)-、-OS(=O)2-、-S(=O)-、-S(=O)2-、-S(=O)2O-或-S(=O)2N(Rb)-;3) -C (= O) - , - C (= O) O -, - C (= O) N (R b) -, - N (R b) C (= O) -, - N (R b C(=O)O-, -N(R b )C(=O)N(R b )-, -N(R b )S(=O)-, -N(R b )S(=O 2 -, -OC(=O)-, -OC(=O)N(R b )-, -OS(=O)-, -OS(=O) 2 -, -S(=O)-, -S(=O) 2 -, -S(=O) 2 O- or -S(=O) 2 N(R b )-;
Ra选自H、卤素、-CN、-NO2、氧代基、C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基或C1-6烷氧基;R a is selected from H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , oxo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy;
Rb选自H、C1-6烷基或C1-6卤代烷基;R b is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 haloalkyl;
X选自C或N原子,只要价键允许;X is selected from C or N atoms as long as the valence bond permits;
环A选自C3-6碳环基、3至10元杂环基、C6-14芳基或C5-10杂芳基;Ring A is selected from a C 3-6 carbocyclic group, a 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group, a C 6-14 aryl group or a C 5-10 heteroaryl group;
R3选自卤素、-CN、-NO2、-Rc、-C(=O)Rc、-C(=O)ORc、-C(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)、-N(Rc)(Rc)、-N(Rc)C(=O)Rc、-N(Rc)C(=O)ORc、-N(Rc)C(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)、-N(Rc)S(=O)Rc、-N(Rc)S(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)、-N(Rc)S(=O)2Rc、-N(Rc)S(=O)2N(Rc)(Rc)、-ORc、-OC(=O)Rc、-OC(=O)ORc、-OC(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)、-S(=O)Rc、-S(=O)ORc、-S(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)、-S(=O)2Rc、-S(=O)2ORc、-S(=O)2N(Rc)(Rc)、-SC(=O)Rc、-SC(=O)ORc或-SC(=O)N(Rc)(Rc),只要化学允许; R 3 is selected from halogen, -CN, -NO 2, -R c , -C (= O) R c, -C (= O) OR c, -C (= O) N (R c) (R c) , -N(R c )(R c ), -N(R c )C(=O)R c , -N(R c )C(=O)OR c , -N(R c )C(=O N(R c )(R c ), -N(R c )S(=O)R c , -N(R c )S(=O)N(R c )(R c ), -N(R c ) S(=O) 2 R c , -N(R c )S(=O) 2 N(R c )(R c ), -OR c , -OC(=O)R c , -OC(= O) OR c , -OC(=O)N(R c )(R c ), -S(=O)R c , -S(=O)OR c , -S(=O)N(R c ) (R c ), -S(=O) 2 R c , -S(=O) 2 OR c , -S(=O) 2 N(R c )(R c ), -SC(=O)R c , -SC(=O)OR c or -SC(=O)N(R c )(R c ), as long as chemically permits;
Rc选自H、卤素、-CN、-NO2、C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基、C2-6烯基、C2-6炔基、C3-10碳环基、3至10元杂环基、C6-14芳基或C5-10杂芳基;其中所述C3-10碳环基、3至10元杂环基、C6-14芳基或C5-10杂芳基还任选被C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基或-C(=O)C1-6烷基取代;R c is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-10 carbocyclyl a 3- to 10-membered heterocyclic group, a C 6-14 aryl group or a C 5-10 heteroaryl group; wherein the C 3-10 carbocyclic group, a 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group, a C 6-14 aryl group or The C 5-10 heteroaryl group is also optionally substituted by C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl or -C(=O)C 1-6 alkyl;
m为0、1或2;m is 0, 1 or 2;
n为1、2或3;n is 1, 2 or 3;
p代表单键或双键,只要化合价允许;p represents a single bond or a double bond, as long as the valence is allowed;
q代表单键或双键,只要化合价允许;q represents a single bond or a double bond, as long as the valence is allowed;
R4、R5和R6独立地选自H、卤素、-CN、C1-6烷基或C1-6卤代烷基;R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 haloalkyl;
W选自N、O或S原子,其中N可任选被Ra取代;W is selected from N, O or S atom, where N may optionally be substituted with R a;
前提是,当m为0时,X为C原子;The premise is that when m is 0, X is a C atom;
或其药学上可接受的盐、立体异构体、溶剂合物、水合物、晶型、前药或同位素变体。Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, solvate, hydrate, crystal form, prodrug or isotopic variation thereof.
在另一方面,本发明提供了含有本发明化合物和药学上可接受的赋形剂的药物组合物。在具体实施方案中,本发明化合物以有效量提供在所述药物组合物中。在具体实施方案中,本发明化合物以治疗有效量提供。在具体实施方案中,本发明化合物以预防有效量提供。In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In a particular embodiment, a compound of the invention is provided in the pharmaceutical composition in an effective amount. In a specific embodiment, the compounds of the invention are provided in a therapeutically effective amount. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of the invention are provided in a prophylactically effective amount.
在另一方面,本发明提供了含有本发明化合物和药学上可接受的赋形剂的药物组合物,其还含有其它治疗剂。In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, further comprising other therapeutic agents.
在另一方面,本发明提供了包含本发明化合物、其药学上可接受的盐、立体异构体、溶剂合物、水合物、晶型、前药或同位素变体,和其它治疗剂以及药学上可接受的载剂、佐剂或媒剂的试剂盒。In another aspect, the invention provides a compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a stereoisomer, a solvate, a hydrate, a crystal form, a prodrug or an isotopic variant thereof, and other therapeutic agents, and a pharmaceutically acceptable compound, A kit of acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles.
在另一个方面,本发明提供了在需要其的受试者中治疗EGFR导致的癌症(包括EGFR突变导致的癌症,例如,带有T790M突变、L858R突变和L858R/T790M双突变的癌症)相关病症的方法,所述方法包括:给予受试者有效量的本发明化合物。在具体实施方案中,所述EGFR导致的癌症选自:非小细胞肺癌、小细胞肺癌、肺腺癌、肺鳞癌、胰腺癌、乳腺癌、前列腺癌、肝癌、皮肤癌、上皮细胞癌、胃肠间质瘤、白血病、组织细胞性淋巴癌、鼻咽癌等。在具体实施方案中,口服、皮下、静脉内或肌肉内给药所述化合物。在具体实施方案中,长期给药所述化合物。In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating cancer caused by EGFR (including cancer caused by EGFR mutation, eg, a cancer with a T790M mutation, a L858R mutation, and a L858R/T790M double mutation) in a subject in need thereof A method comprising: administering to a subject an effective amount of a compound of the invention. In a specific embodiment, the EGFR-induced cancer is selected from the group consisting of: non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, liver cancer, skin cancer, epithelial cancer, Gastrointestinal stromal tumors, leukemia, histiocytic lymphoma, nasopharyngeal carcinoma, etc. In a specific embodiment, the compound is administered orally, subcutaneously, intravenously or intramuscularly. In a specific embodiment, the compound is administered chronically.
由随后的具体实施方式、实施例和权利要求,本发明的其它目的和优点将对于本领域技术人员显而易见。Other objects and advantages of the present invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art from the <RTIgt;
定义definition
化学定义Chemical definition
下面更详细地描述具体官能团和化学术语的定义。The definitions of specific functional groups and chemical terms are described in more detail below.
当列出数值范围时,既定包括每个值和在所述范围内的子范围。例如“C1-6烷基”包括C1、C2、C3、C4、C5、C6、C1-6、C1-5、C1-4、C1-3、C1-2、C2-6、C2-5、C2-4、C2-3、C3-6、C3-5、C3-4、C4-6、C4-5和C5-6烷基。When a range of values is recited, each value and sub-range within the range are intended to be included. For example, "C 1-6 alkyl" includes C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 1-6 , C 1-5 , C 1-4 , C 1-3 , C 1 -2 , C 2-6 , C 2-5 , C 2-4 , C 2-3 , C 3-6 , C 3-5 , C 3-4 , C 4-6 , C 4-5 and C 5 -6 alkyl.
应该理解,当本文描述时,任何下面所定义的部分可以被许多取代基取代,而且相应的定义在下面列出的它们的范围内,包括这种取代部分。除非另作说明,否则,术语“取代”如下面所定义。 It will be understood that any of the moieties defined below may be substituted by a number of substituents, as described herein, and the corresponding definitions are within the scope of their inclusion, including such substitutions. Unless otherwise stated, the term "substituted" is as defined below.
“C1-6烷基”是指具有1至6个碳原子的直链或支链饱和烃基团,本文也称为“低级烷基”。在一些实施方案中,C1-4烷基是特别优选的。所述烷基的实例包括但不限于:甲基(C1)、乙基(C2)、正丙基(C3)、异丙基(C3)、正丁基(C4)、叔丁基(C4)、仲丁基(C4)、异丁基(C4)、正戊基(C5)、3-戊基(C5)、戊基(C5)、新戊基(C5)、3-甲基-2-丁基(C5)、叔戊基(C5)和正己基(C6)。除非另作说明,否则,烷基的每个独立地任选被取代,即,未取代的(“未取代的烷基”)或被一个或多个取代基取代(“取代的烷基”);例如,1至5个取代基、1至3个取代基或1个取代基。在一些实施方案中,烷基是未取代的C1-6烷基(例如,-CH3)。在一些实施方案中,烷基是取代的C1-6烷基。"C 1-6 alkyl" refers to a straight or branched saturated hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, also referred to herein as "lower alkyl." In some embodiments, a C 1-4 alkyl group is particularly preferred. Examples of the alkyl group include, but are not limited to, methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), isopropyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), uncle Butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), isobutyl (C 4 ), n-pentyl (C 5 ), 3-pentyl (C 5 ), pentyl (C 5 ), neopentyl (C 5 ), 3-methyl-2-butyl (C 5 ), tert-amyl (C 5 ) and n-hexyl (C 6 ). Unless otherwise stated, each alkyl group is independently optionally substituted, ie, unsubstituted ("unsubstituted alkyl") or substituted with one or more substituents ("substituted alkyl") For example, 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents or 1 substituent. In some embodiments, the alkyl group is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl group (e.g., -CH 3). In some embodiments, the alkyl group is a substituted C1-6 alkyl group.
“C2-6烯基”是指具有2至6个碳原子和一个或多个碳-碳双键(例如,1、2或3个碳-碳双键)的直链或支链烃基团。一个或多个碳-碳双键可以在内部(例如,在2-丁烯基中)或端部(例如,在1-丁烯基中)。在一些实施方案中,C2-4烯基是特别优选的。所述烯基的实例包括但不限于:乙烯基(C2)、1-丙烯基(C3)、2-丙烯基(C3)、1-丁烯基(C4)、2-丁烯基(C4)、丁二烯基(C4)、戊烯基(C5)、戊二烯基(C5)、己烯基(C6),等等。除非另作说明,否则,烯基的每个独立地任选被取代,即,未取代的(“未取代的烯基”)或被一个或多个取代基取代(“取代的烯基”);例如,1至5个取代基、1至3个取代基或1个取代基。在一些实施方案中,烯基是未取代的C2-6烯基。在一些实施方案中,烯基是取代的C2-6烯基。"C 2-6 alkenyl" means a straight or branched hydrocarbon group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and one or more carbon-carbon double bonds (eg, 1, 2 or 3 carbon-carbon double bonds) . One or more carbon-carbon double bonds may be internal (eg, in 2-butenyl) or end (eg, in 1-butenyl). In some embodiments, C2-4 alkenyl is particularly preferred. Examples of the alkenyl group include, but are not limited to, vinyl (C 2 ), 1-propenyl (C 3 ), 2-propenyl (C 3 ), 1-butenyl (C 4 ), 2-butene A group (C 4 ), a butadienyl group (C 4 ), a pentenyl group (C 5 ), a pentadienyl group (C 5 ), a hexenyl group (C 6 ), and the like. Unless otherwise specified, each of the alkenyl groups is independently optionally substituted, ie, unsubstituted ("unsubstituted alkenyl") or substituted with one or more substituents ("substituted alkenyl") For example, 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents or 1 substituent. In some embodiments, an alkenyl group is an unsubstituted C 2-6 alkenyl group. In some embodiments, an alkenyl group is a substituted C 2-6 alkenyl group.
“C2-6炔基”是指具有2至6个碳原子、一个或多个碳-碳叁键(例如,1、2或3个碳-碳叁键)以及任选一个或多个碳-碳双键(例如,1、2或3个碳-碳双键)的直链或支链烃基团。在一些实施方案中,C2-4炔基是特别优选的。在一些实施方案中,炔基不含有任何双键。一个或多个碳叁键可以在内部(例如,在2-丁炔基中)或端部(例如,在1-丁炔基中)。所述炔基的实例包括但不限于:乙炔基(C2)、1-丙炔基(C3)、2-丙炔基(C3)、1-丁炔基(C4)、2-丁炔基(C4)、戊炔基(C5)、己炔基(C6),等等。除非另作说明,否则,炔基的每个独立地任选被取代,即,未取代的(“未取代的炔基”)或被一个或多个取代基取代(“取代的炔基”);例如,1至5个取代基、1至3个取代基或1个取代基。在一些实施方案中,炔基是未取代的C2-6炔基。在一些实施方案中,炔基是取代的C2-6炔基。"C 2-6 alkynyl group" refers to one or more carbon having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, - carbon triple bonds (e.g., 1, 2 or 3 carbon - carbon triple bonds), and optionally one or more carbon a linear or branched hydrocarbon group of a carbon double bond (for example, 1, 2 or 3 carbon-carbon double bonds). In some embodiments, a C2-4 alkynyl group is particularly preferred. In some embodiments, an alkynyl group does not contain any double bonds. The one or more carbon oxime bonds may be internal (eg, in 2-butynyl) or end (eg, in 1-butynyl). Examples of the alkynyl group include, but are not limited to, ethynyl (C 2 ), 1-propynyl (C 3 ), 2-propynyl (C 3 ), 1-butynyl (C 4 ), 2- Butynyl (C 4 ), pentynyl (C 5 ), hexynyl (C 6 ), and the like. Unless otherwise stated, each of the alkynyl groups is independently optionally substituted, ie, unsubstituted ("unsubstituted alkynyl") or substituted with one or more substituents ("substituted alkynyl") For example, 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents or 1 substituent. In some embodiments, an alkynyl group is an unsubstituted C 2-6 alkynyl group. In some embodiments, an alkynyl group is a substituted C 2-6 alkynyl group.
本文使用的“亚烷基”、“亚烯基”和“亚炔基”分别指的是上述烷基、烯基和炔基的二价基。当具体“亚烷基”、“亚烯基”和“亚炔基”提供了碳的范围或数目时,应当理解,所述范围或数目是指碳在直链二价碳链中的范围或数目。“亚烷基”、“亚烯基”和“亚炔基”可以被一个或多个本文所描述的取代基取代,或是未取代的。As used herein, "alkylene", "alkenylene" and "alkynylene" refer to the divalent groups of the above alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups, respectively. When specific "alkylene", "alkenylene" and "alkynylene" provide the range or number of carbons, it is to be understood that the range or number refers to the range of carbon in the linear divalent carbon chain or number. "Alkylene", "alkenylene" and "alkynylene" may be substituted by one or more substituents as described herein, or may be unsubstituted.
“C1-6亚烷基”是指除去C1-6烷基的一个氢而形成二价的亚烷基,并且可以是取代或未取代的亚烷基。在一些实施方案中,C1-4亚烷基是特别优选的。未取代的所述亚烷基包括但不限于:亚甲基(-CH2-)、亚乙基(-CH2CH2-)、亚丙基(-CH2CH2CH2-)、亚丁基(-CH2CH2CH2CH2-)、亚戊基(-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2-)、亚己基(-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2-),等等。示例性的取代的所述亚烷基,例如,被一个或多个烷基(甲基)取代的所述亚烷基,包括但不限于:取代的亚甲基(-CH(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2-)、取代的亚乙基(-CH(CH3)CH2-、-CH2CH(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2CH2-、-CH2C(CH3)2-)、取代的亚丙基(-CH(CH3)CH2CH2-、-CH2CH(CH3)CH2-、-CH2CH2CH(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2CH2CH2-、-CH2C(CH3)2CH2-、-CH2CH2C(CH3)2-),等等。The "C 1-6 alkylene group" means a hydrogen atom which removes a C 1-6 alkyl group to form a divalent alkylene group, and may be a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group. In some embodiments, C 1-4 alkylene is particularly preferred. Unsubstituted alkylene groups include, but the are not limited to: methylene (-CH 2 -), ethylene (-CH 2 CH 2 -), propylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - ), butylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), pentylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), hexylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -) ,and many more. Exemplary substituted alkylene groups, for example, the alkylene groups substituted with one or more alkyl groups (methyl groups) include, but are not limited to, substituted methylene groups (-CH(CH 3 )- , -C(CH 3 ) 2 -), substituted ethylene (-CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2- ), substituted propylene (-CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 -), and the like.
“C2-6亚烯基”是指除去C2-6烯基的一个氢而形成二价的亚烯基,并且可以是取代或未取代的亚烯 基。在一些实施方案中,C2-4亚烯基是特别优选的。示例性的未取代的所述亚烯基包括但不限于:亚乙烯基(-CH=CH-)和亚丙烯基(例如,-CH=CHCH2-、-CH2-CH=CH-)。示例性的取代的所述亚烯基,例如,被一个或多个烷基(甲基)取代的亚烯基,包括但不限于:取代的亚乙基(-C(CH3)=CH-、-CH=C(CH3)-)、取代的亚丙烯基(-C(CH3)=CHCH2-、-CH=C(CH3)CH2-、-CH=CHCH(CH3)-、-CH=CHC(CH3)2-、-CH(CH3)-CH=CH-、-C(CH3)2-CH=CH-、-CH2-C(CH3)=CH-、-CH2-CH=C(CH3)-),等等。The "C 2-6 alkenylene group" means a hydrogen atom which removes a C 2-6 alkenyl group to form a divalent alkenylene group, and may be a substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene group. In some embodiments, C2-4 alkenylene is particularly preferred. Exemplary unsubstituted alkenyl groups include the alkylene but are not limited to: ethenylene (-CH = CH-) and propenylene (e.g., -CH = CHCH 2 -, - CH 2 -CH = CH-). Exemplary substituted alkenylene groups, for example, alkenylene groups substituted with one or more alkyl (methyl) groups include, but are not limited to, substituted ethylene groups (-C(CH 3 )=CH- , -CH=C(CH 3 )-), substituted propenylene (-C(CH 3 )=CHCH 2 -, -CH=C(CH 3 )CH 2 -, -CH=CHCH(CH 3 )- , -CH=CHC(CH 3 ) 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-CH=CH-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -CH=CH-, -CH 2 -C(CH 3 )=CH-, -CH 2 -CH=C(CH 3 )-), and so on.
“C2-6亚炔基”是指除去C2-6炔基的一个氢而形成二价的亚炔基,并且可以是取代或未取代的亚炔基。在一些实施方案中,C2-4亚炔基是特别优选的。示例性的所述亚炔基包括但不限于:亚乙炔基(-C=C-)、取代或未取代的亚丙炔基(-C=CCH2-),等等。The "C 2-6 alkynylene group" means a hydrogen atom which removes a C 2-6 alkynyl group to form a divalent alkynylene group, and may be a substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene group. In some embodiments, a C2-4 alkynylene group is particularly preferred. Exemplary of the alkylene groups include, but are not limited to alkynyl: ethynylene (-C = C-), a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group propynyl (-C = CCH 2 -), and the like.
“C1-6烷氧基”是指基团-OR,其中,R为取代或未取代的C1-6烷基。在一些实施方案中,C1-4烷氧基是特别优选的。具体的所述烷氧基包括但不限于:甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、异丙氧基、正丁氧基、叔丁氧基、仲丁氧基、正戊氧基、正己氧基和1,2-二甲基丁氧基。"C 1-6 alkoxy" refers to the group -OR wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl group. In some embodiments, a C 1-4 alkoxy group is particularly preferred. Specific alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentyloxy, N-Hexyloxy and 1,2-dimethylbutoxy.
“卤代”或“卤素”是指氟(F)、氯(Cl)、溴(Br)和碘(I)。在一些实施方案中,卤素基团是F、Cl或Br。在一些实施方案中,卤素基团是F或Cl。在一些实施方案中,卤素基团是F。"Halo" or "halogen" refers to fluorine (F), chlorine (Cl), bromine (Br), and iodine (I). In some embodiments, the halo group is F, Cl or Br. In some embodiments, the halogen group is F or Cl. In some embodiments, the halogen group is F.
因此,“C1-6卤代烷基”和“C1-6卤代烷氧基”是指上述“C1-6烷基”和“C1-6烷氧基”,其被一个或多个卤素基团取代。在一些实施方案中,C1-4卤代烷基是特别优选的,更优选C1-2卤代烷基。在一些实施方案中,C1-4卤代烷氧基是特别优选的,更优选C1-2卤代烷氧基。示例性的所述卤代烷基包括但不限于:-CF3、-CH2F、-CHF2、-CHFCH2F、-CH2CHF2、-CF2CF3、-CCl3、-CH2Cl、-CHCl2、2,2,2-三氟-1,1-二甲基-乙基,等等。示例性的所述卤代烷氧基包括但不限于:-OCH2F、-OCHF2、-OCF3,等等。Thus, "C 1-6 haloalkyl" and "C 1-6 haloalkoxy" mean the above-mentioned "C 1-6 alkyl" and "C 1-6 alkoxy" which are bonded to one or more halogen groups. Replaced by the regiment. In some embodiments, a C 1-4 haloalkyl group is particularly preferred, more preferably a C 1-2 haloalkyl group. In some embodiments, a C 1-4 haloalkoxy group is particularly preferred, more preferably a C 1-2 haloalkoxy group. Exemplary haloalkyl groups include, but the are not limited to: -CF 3, -CH 2 F, -CHF 2, -CHFCH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2, -CF 2 CF 3, -CCl 3, -CH 2 Cl , -CHCl 2 , 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl, and the like. Exemplary haloalkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 , -OCF 3 , and the like.
“C3-10碳环基”是指具有3至10个环碳原子和零个杂原子的非芳香环烃基团。在一些实施方案中,C3-6碳环基是特别优选的,更优选C5-6碳环基。碳环基还包括其中上述碳环基环与一个或多个芳基或杂芳基稠合的环体系,其中连接点在碳环基环上,且在这样的情况中,碳的数目继续表示碳环基体系中的碳的数目。示例性的所述碳环基包括但不限于:环丙基(C3)、环丙烯基(C3)、环丁基(C4)、环丁烯基(C4)、环戊基(C5)、环戊烯基(C5)、环己基(C6)、环己烯基(C6)、环已二烯基(C6)、环庚基(C7)、环庚烯基(C7)、环庚二烯基(C7)、环庚三烯基(C7)、环辛基(C8)、环辛烯基(C8)、二环[2.2.1]庚基(C7)、二环[2.2.2]辛基(C8)、环壬基(C9)、环壬烯基(C9)、环癸基(C10)、环癸烯基(C10)、八氢-1H-茚基(C9)、十氢萘基(C10)、螺[4.5]癸基(C10),等等。除非另作说明,否则碳环基的每个独立地为任选取代的,即,未取代的(“未取代的碳环基”)或被一个或多个取代基取代(“取代的碳环基”)。在一些实施方案中,碳环基是未取代的C3-10碳环基。在一些实施方案中,碳环基是取代的C3-10碳环基。"C 3-10 carbocyclyl" refers to a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms. In some embodiments, a C 3-6 carbocyclyl group is particularly preferred, more preferably a C 5-6 carbocyclic group. Carbocyclyl also includes ring systems wherein the above carbocyclyl ring is fused to one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups, wherein the point of attachment is on the carbocyclic ring, and in such cases, the number of carbons continues to be represented The number of carbons in the carbocyclic system. Exemplary such carbocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl (C 3 ), cyclopropenyl (C 3 ), cyclobutyl (C 4 ), cyclobutenyl (C 4 ), cyclopentyl ( C 5 ), cyclopentenyl (C 5 ), cyclohexyl (C 6 ), cyclohexenyl (C 6 ), cyclohexadienyl (C 6 ), cycloheptyl (C 7 ), cycloheptene (C 7 ), cycloheptadienyl (C 7 ), cycloheptatrienyl (C 7 ), cyclooctyl (C 8 ), cyclooctenyl (C 8 ), bicyclo [2.2.1] Heptyl (C 7 ), bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl (C 8 ), cyclodecyl (C 9 ), cyclodecenyl (C 9 ), cyclodecyl (C 10 ), cyclodecenyl (C 10 ), octahydro-1H-indenyl (C 9 ), decahydronaphthyl (C 10 ), spiro[4.5]decyl (C 10 ), and the like. Unless otherwise specified, each of the carbocyclic groups is independently optionally substituted, ie, unsubstituted ("unsubstituted carbocyclyl") or substituted with one or more substituents ("substituted carbocyclic ring"base"). In some embodiments, the carbocyclic group is an unsubstituted C 3-10 carbocyclic group. In some embodiments, a carbocyclic group is a substituted C 3-10 carbocyclic group.
“3至10元杂环基”或是指具有环碳原子和1至4个环杂原子的3至10元非芳香环系的基团,其中,每个杂原子独立地选自氮、氧、硫、硼、磷和硅。在包含一个或多个氮原子的杂环基中,只要化合价允许,连接点可为碳或氮原子。在一些实施方案中,3至6元杂环基是特别优选的,其为具有环碳原子和1至3个环杂原子的3至6元非芳香环系;更优选5至6元杂环基,其为具有环碳原子和1至3个环杂原子的5至6元非芳香环系。除非另作说明,否则,杂环基的每个独立地为任选取代的,即,未取代的(“未取代的杂环基”)或被一个或多个取代基取代(“取代的杂环基”)。在一些实施方案中, 杂环基是未取代的3-10元杂环基。在一些实施方案中,杂环基是取代的3-10元杂环基。杂环基还包括其中上述杂环基环与一个或多个碳环基稠合的环体系,其中连接点在碳环基环上,或其中上述杂环基环与一个或多个芳基或杂芳基稠合的环体系,其中连接点在杂环基环上;且在这样的情况下,环成员的数目继续表示在杂环基环体系中环成员的数目。示例性的包含一个杂原子的3元杂环基包括但不限于:氮杂环丙烷基、氧杂环丙烷基、硫杂环丙烷基(thiorenyl)。示例性的含有一个杂原子的4元杂环基包括但不限于:氮杂环丁烷基、氧杂环丁烷基和硫杂环丁烷基。示例性的含有一个杂原子的5元杂环基包括但不限于:四氢呋喃基、二氢呋喃基、四氢噻吩基、二氢噻吩基、吡咯烷基、二氢吡咯基和吡咯基-2,5-二酮。示例性的包含两个杂原子的5元杂环基包括但不限于:二氧杂环戊烷基、氧硫杂环戊烷基(oxasulfuranyl)、二硫杂环戊烷基(disulfuranyl)和噁唑烷-2-酮。示例性的包含三个杂原子的5元杂环基包括但不限于:三唑啉基、噁二唑啉基和噻二唑啉基。示例性的包含一个杂原子的6元杂环基包括但不限于:哌啶基、四氢吡喃基、二氢吡啶基和硫杂环己烷基(thianyl)。示例性的包含两个杂原子的6元杂环基包括但不限于:哌嗪基、吗啉基、二硫杂环己烷基、二噁烷基。示例性的包含三个杂原子的6元杂环基包括但不限于:六氢三嗪基(triazinanyl)。示例性的含有一个杂原子的7元杂环基包括但不限于:氮杂环庚烷基、氧杂环庚烷基和硫杂环庚烷基。示例性的包含一个杂原子的8元杂环基包括但不限于:氮杂环辛烷基、氧杂环辛烷基和硫杂环辛烷基。示例性的与C6芳基环稠合的5元杂环基(在本文中也称作5,6-双环杂环基)包括但不限于:二氢吲哚基、异二氢吲哚基、二氢苯并呋喃基、二氢苯并噻吩基、苯并噁唑啉酮基,等等。示例性的与C6芳基环稠合的6元杂环基(本文还指的是6,6-双环杂环基)包括但不限于:四氢喹啉基、四氢异喹啉基,等等。"3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group" or a group of a 3 to 10 membered non-aromatic ring system having a ring carbon atom and 1 to 4 ring hetero atoms, wherein each hetero atom is independently selected from nitrogen and oxygen. , sulfur, boron, phosphorus and silicon. In the heterocyclic group containing one or more nitrogen atoms, the point of attachment may be a carbon or nitrogen atom as long as the valence permits. In some embodiments, a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclic group is particularly preferred, which is a 3- to 6-membered non-aromatic ring system having a ring carbon atom and 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms; more preferably a 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring. a group which is a 5 to 6 membered non-aromatic ring system having a ring carbon atom and 1 to 3 ring hetero atoms. Unless otherwise stated, each of the heterocyclic groups is independently optionally substituted, ie, unsubstituted ("unsubstituted heterocyclic") or substituted with one or more substituents ("substituted hetero Ring base"). In some embodiments, the heterocyclyl is an unsubstituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, a heterocyclic group is a substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl. The heterocyclic group further includes a ring system in which the above heterocyclic ring is fused to one or more carbocyclic groups, wherein the point of attachment is on the carbocyclic ring, or wherein the above heterocyclic ring is bonded to one or more aryl groups or A heteroaryl fused ring system wherein the point of attachment is on a heterocyclyl ring; and in such cases, the number of ring members continues to indicate the number of ring members in the heterocyclyl ring system. Exemplary 3-membered heterocyclic groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, aziridine, oxacyclopropane, thiorenyl. Exemplary 4-membered heterocyclic groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, oxetanyl and thietane. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclic groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dihydrothienyl, pyrrolidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl and pyrrolyl-2, 5-dione. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclic groups containing two heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, dioxalanyl, oxasulfuranyl, disulfuranyl, and Azolidin-2-one. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclic groups containing three heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, triazolinyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclic groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyridyl, and thianyl. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclic groups containing two heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, dioxoalkyl. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclic groups containing three heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, triazinanyl. Exemplary 7-membered heterocyclic groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, azepanyl, oxaheptyl, and thiaheptanyl. Exemplary 8-membered heterocyclic groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, azacyclooctyl, oxacyclooctyl, and thicyclooctyl. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclic groups (also referred to herein as 5,6-bicyclic heterocyclyl) fused to a C6 aryl ring include, but are not limited to, indanyl, isoindoline , dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothiophenyl, benzoxazolinone, and the like. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclic groups fused to a C 6 aryl ring (also referred to herein as 6,6-bicyclic heterocyclyl) include, but are not limited to, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and many more.
“C6-14芳基”是指具有6-14个环碳原子和零个杂原子的单环或多环的(例如,双环或三环)4n+2芳族环体系(例如,具有以环状排列共享的6、10或14个π电子)的基团。在一些实施方案中,芳基具有六个环碳原子(“C6芳基”;例如,苯基)。在一些实施方案中,芳基具有十个环碳原子(“C10芳基”;例如,萘基,例如,1-萘基和2-萘基)。在一些实施方案中,芳基具有十四个环碳原子(“C14芳基”;例如,蒽基)。在一些实施方案中,C6-10芳基是特别优选的,更优选C6芳基。芳基还包括其中上述芳基环与一个或多个碳环基或杂环基稠合的环系统,而且连接点在所述芳基环上,在这种情况下,碳原子的数目继续表示所述芳基环系统中的碳原子数目。除非另作说明,否则,芳基的每个独立地任选被取代,即,未取代(“未取代的芳基”)或被一个或多个取代基取代(“取代的芳基”)。在一些实施方案中,芳基是未取代的C6-14芳基。在一些实施方案中,芳基是取代的C6-14芳基。"C 6-14 aryl" refers to 4n + 2 aromatic mono- or polycyclic ring system having 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms (e.g., bicyclic or tricyclic) (e.g., having A group of 6, 10 or 14 π electrons shared in a ring. In some embodiments, an aryl group having six ring carbon atoms ( "C 6 aryl"; e.g., phenyl). In some embodiments, an aryl group has ten ring carbon atoms (" C10 aryl"; for example, naphthyl, eg, 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl). In some embodiments, an aryl group has fourteen ring carbon atoms (" C14 aryl"; for example, fluorenyl). In some embodiments, a C 6-10 aryl group is particularly preferred, more preferably a C 6 aryl group. The aryl group also includes a ring system in which the above aryl ring is fused to one or more carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups, and the point of attachment is on the aryl ring, in which case the number of carbon atoms continues to be represented. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl ring system. Unless otherwise stated, each of the aryl groups is independently optionally substituted, that is, unsubstituted ("unsubstituted aryl") or substituted with one or more substituents ("substituted aryl"). In some embodiments, the aryl group is an unsubstituted C 6-14 aryl group. In some embodiments, the aryl group is a substituted C 6-14 aryl group.
“C5-10杂芳基”是指具有环碳原子和1-4个环杂原子的5-10元单环或双环的4n+2芳族环体系(例如,具有以环状排列共享的6或10个π电子)的基团,其中每个杂原子独立地选自氮、氧和硫。在含有一个或多个氮原子的杂芳基中,只要化合价允许,连接点可以是碳或氮原子。杂芳基双环系统在一个或两个环中可以包括一个或多个杂原子。杂芳基还包括其中上述杂芳基环与一个或多个碳环基或杂环基稠合的环系统,而且连接点在所述杂芳基环上,在这种情况下,碳原子的数目继续表示所述杂芳基环系统中的碳原子数目。在一些实施方案中,C5-6杂芳基是特别优选的,其为具有环碳原子和1-4个环杂原子的5-6元单环或双环的4n+2芳族环体系。除非另作说明,否则,杂芳基的每个独立地任选被取代的,即,未取代(“未取代的杂芳基”)或被一个或多个取代基取代(“取代的杂芳基”)。在一些实施方 案中,杂芳基是未取代的5-10元杂芳基。在一些实施方案中,杂芳基是取代的5-10元杂芳基。示例性的含有一个杂原子的5元杂芳基包括但不限于:吡咯基、呋喃基和噻吩基。示例性的含有两个杂原子的5元杂芳基包括但不限于:咪唑基、吡唑基、噁唑基、异噁唑基、噻唑基和异噻唑基。示例性的含有三个杂原子的5元杂芳基包括但不限于:三唑基、噁二唑基和噻二唑基。示例性的含有四个杂原子的5元杂芳基包括但不限于:四唑基。示例性的含有一个杂原子的6元杂芳基包括但不限于:吡啶基。示例性的含有两个杂原子的6元杂芳基包括但不限于:哒嗪基、嘧啶基和吡嗪基。示例性的含有三个或四个杂原子的6元杂芳基分别包括但不限于:三嗪基和四嗪基。示例性的含有一个杂原子的7元杂芳基包括但不限于:氮杂环庚三烯基、氧杂环庚三烯基和硫杂环庚三烯基。示例性的5,6-双环杂芳基包括但不限于:吲哚基、异吲哚基、吲唑基、苯并三唑基、苯并噻吩基、异苯并噻吩基、苯并呋喃基、苯并异呋喃基、苯并咪唑基、苯并噁唑基、苯并异噁唑基、苯并噁二唑基、苯并噻唑基、苯并异噻唑基、苯并噻二唑基、茚嗪基和嘌呤基。示例性的6,6-双环杂芳基包括但不限于:萘啶基、喋啶基、喹啉基、异喹啉基、噌琳基、喹喔啉基、酞嗪基和喹唑啉基。"C 5-10heteroaryl " refers to a 5-10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic 4n+2 aromatic ring system having a ring carbon atom and 1-4 ring heteroatoms (eg, having a shared arrangement in a ring arrangement) a group of 6 or 10 π electrons, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. In a heteroaryl group containing one or more nitrogen atoms, the point of attachment may be a carbon or nitrogen atom as long as the valence permits. Heteroaryl bicyclic systems may include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings. Heteroaryl also includes ring systems wherein the above heteroaryl ring is fused to one or more carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups, and the point of attachment is on the heteroaryl ring, in this case a carbon atom The number continues to indicate the number of carbon atoms in the heteroaryl ring system. In some embodiments, C 5-6 heteroaryl group is particularly preferred, which is a 5-6 membered monocyclic or bicyclic 4n + 2 aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms. Unless otherwise stated, each of the heteroaryl groups is independently optionally substituted, ie, unsubstituted ("unsubstituted heteroaryl") or substituted with one or more substituents ("substituted heteroaryl"base"). In some embodiments, the heteroaryl is an unsubstituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl is a substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl. Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl, furyl and thienyl. Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing two heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, and isothiazolyl. Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing three heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl. Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing four heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, tetrazolyl. Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, pyridyl. Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing two heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl. Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing three or four heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, triazinyl and tetrazinyl, respectively. Exemplary 7-membered heteroaryl groups containing one hetero atom include, but are not limited to, azepandinyl, oxepanethylene, and thiephenylene. Exemplary 5,6-bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, mercapto, isodecyl, oxazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, benzofuranyl , benzoisofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzooxadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, Pyridazinyl and fluorenyl. Exemplary 6,6-bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, naphthyridinyl, acridinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolinyl, fluorenyl, quinoxalinyl, pyridazinyl and quinazolinyl .
本文使用的“亚碳环基”、“亚杂环基”、“亚芳基”和“亚杂芳基”分别指的是上述碳环基、杂环基、芳基和杂芳基的二价基,其由所述基团在任意可能的位置除去一个氢原子获得二价基。“亚碳环基”、“亚杂环基”、“亚芳基”和“亚杂芳基”可以被一个或多个本文所描述的取代基取代,或是未取代的。示例性的未取代的“亚碳环基”、“亚杂环基”、“亚芳基”和“亚杂芳基”包括但不限于以下基团:As used herein, "carbocyclylene", "heterocyclylene", "arylene" and "heteroarylene" refer to the above-mentioned carbocyclic, heterocyclic, aryl and heteroaryl, respectively. A valency group which removes a hydrogen atom from the group at any possible position to obtain a divalent group. "Carbocyclylene", "heterocyclylene", "arylene" and "heteroarylene" may be substituted by one or more substituents as described herein, or unsubstituted. Exemplary unsubstituted "carbocyclylene", "heterocyclylene", "arylene" and "heteroarylene" include, but are not limited to, the following groups:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000002
其中,Z表示O、N或S原子。Wherein Z represents an O, N or S atom.
“氧代基”是指=O。"Oxo group" means =0.
其它定义Other definitions
术语“药学上可接受的盐”是指,在可靠的医学判断范围内,适合与人和低等动物的组织接触而没有过度毒性、刺激性、变态反应等等,并且与合理的益处/危险比例相称的那些盐。药学上可接受的盐在本领域是众所周知的。例如,Berge等人在J.Pharmaceutical Sciences(1977)66:1-19中详细描述的药学上可接受的盐。本发明化合物的药学上可接受的盐包括衍生自合适无机和有机酸和碱的盐。药学上可接受的无毒酸加成盐的实例是氨基与无机酸形成的盐,例如盐酸、氢溴酸、磷酸、硫酸和高氯酸,或与有机酸形成的盐,例如乙酸、草酸、马来酸、酒石酸、枸橼酸、琥珀酸或丙二酸,或使用本领域 使用的方法形成的盐,例如,离子交换方法。其它药学上可接受的盐包括:已二酸盐、海藻酸盐、抗坏血酸盐、天冬氨酸盐、苯磺酸盐、苯甲酸盐、重硫酸盐、硼酸盐、丁酸盐、樟脑酸盐、樟脑磺酸盐、柠檬酸盐、环戊丙酸盐、二葡糖酸盐、十二烷基硫酸盐、乙磺酸盐、甲酸盐、富马酸盐、葡萄糖酸盐、甘油磷酸盐、葡糖酸盐、半硫酸盐、庚酸盐、己酸盐、氢碘酸盐、2-羟基-乙磺酸盐、乳糖酸盐、乳酸盐、月桂酸盐、月桂基硫酸盐、苹果酸盐、马来酸盐、丙二酸盐、甲磺酸盐、2-萘磺酸盐、烟酸盐、硝酸盐、油酸盐、草酸盐、棕榈酸盐、双羟萘酸盐、果胶酯酸盐、过硫酸盐、3-苯丙酸盐、磷酸盐、苦味酸盐、特戊酸盐、丙酸盐、硬脂酸盐、琥珀酸盐、硫酸盐、酒石酸盐、硫氰酸盐、对甲苯磺酸盐、十一烷酸盐、戊酸盐,等等。衍生自合适的碱的药学上可接受的盐包括碱金属、碱土金属、铵和N+(C1-4烷基)4盐。代表性的碱金属或碱土金属盐包括钠、锂、钾、钙、镁盐,等等。如果合适的话,进一步的药学上可接受的盐包括使用反离子形成的无毒的铵盐、季铵盐和胺阳离子,反离子例如卤离子、氢氧根、羧酸根、硫酸根、磷酸根、硝酸根、低级烷基磺酸根和芳基磺酸根。The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" means that, within the scope of sound medical judgment, it is suitable for contact with tissues of humans and lower animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergies, etc., and with reasonable benefits/dangers. Those salts that are proportionate. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, Berge et al., pharmaceutically acceptable salts as described in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66: 1-19. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acid addition salts are salts of amino and inorganic acids, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid, or salts with organic acids, such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, Maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid, or a salt formed using methods used in the art, for example, an ion exchange method. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include: adipic acid salts, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, besylate, benzoate, disulfate, borate, butyrate, camphor Acid salt, camphor sulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanoate, digluconate, lauryl sulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, gluconate, glycerol Phosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate , malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate Salt, pectin ester, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, Thiocyanate, p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts derived from suitable bases include the alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N + (C 1-4 alkyl) 4 salts. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium salts, and the like. Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts, if appropriate, include non-toxic ammonium salts, quaternary ammonium salts and amine cations formed using counterions, counterions such as halides, hydroxides, carboxylates, sulfates, phosphates, Nitrate, lower alkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate.
给药的“受试者”包括但不限于:人(即,任何年龄组的男性或女性,例如,儿科受试者(例如,婴儿、儿童、青少年)或成人受试者(例如,年轻的成人、中年的成人或年长的成人))和/或非人的动物,例如,哺乳动物,例如,灵长类(例如,食蟹猴、恒河猴)、牛、猪、马、绵羊、山羊、啮齿动物、猫和/或狗。在一些实施方案中,受试者是人。在一些实施方案中,受试者是非人动物。本文可互换使用术语“人”、“患者”和“受试者”。"Subjects" for administration include, but are not limited to, humans (ie, males or females of any age group, eg, pediatric subjects (eg, infants, children, adolescents) or adult subjects (eg, young Adults, middle-aged adults or older adults) and/or non-human animals, for example, mammals, for example, primates (eg, cynomolgus monkeys, rhesus monkeys), cattle, pigs, horses, sheep , goats, rodents, cats and/or dogs. In some embodiments, the subject is a human. In some embodiments, the subject is a non-human animal. The terms "person," "patient," and "subject" are used interchangeably herein.
“疾病”、“障碍”和“病症”在本文中可互换地使用。"Disease," "disorder," and "disorder" are used interchangeably herein.
除非另作说明,否则,本文使用的术语“治疗”包括受试者患有具体疾病、障碍或病症时所发生的作用,它降低疾病、障碍或病症的严重程度,或延迟或减缓疾病、障碍或病症的发展(“治疗性治疗”),还包括受试者开始患有具体疾病、障碍或病症之前发生的作用(“预防性治疗”)。The term "treatment" as used herein, unless otherwise indicated, includes the effect of a subject having a particular disease, disorder, or condition that reduces the severity of the disease, disorder, or condition, or delays or slows the disease, disorder. Or the development of a condition ("therapeutic treatment"), but also the effect that occurs before the subject begins to have a particular disease, disorder or condition ("prophylactic treatment").
通常,化合物的“有效量”是指足以引起目标生物反应的数量。正如本领域普通技术人员所理解的那样,本发明化合物的有效量可以根据下列因素而改变:例如,生物学目标、化合物的药物动力学、所治疗的疾病、给药模式以及受试者的年龄健康情况和症状。有效量包括治疗和预防性治疗有效量。Generally, an "effective amount" of a compound refers to an amount sufficient to cause a target biological response. As will be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art, an effective amount of a compound of the invention can vary depending on, for example, the biological target, the pharmacokinetics of the compound, the condition being treated, the mode of administration, and the age of the subject. Health conditions and symptoms. Effective amounts include therapeutically and prophylactically effective amounts.
除非另作说明,否则,本文使用的化合物的“治疗有效量”是在治疗疾病、障碍或病症的过程中足以提供治疗益处的数量,或使与疾病、障碍或病症有关的一或多种症状延迟或最小化。化合物的治疗有效量是指单独使用或与其它疗法联用的治疗剂的数量,它在治疗疾病、障碍或病症的过程中提供治疗益处。术语“治疗有效量”可以包括改善总体治疗、降低或避免疾病或病症的症状或病因、或增强其它治疗剂的治疗效能的数量。Unless otherwise indicated, a "therapeutically effective amount" of a compound as used herein is an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic benefit in the course of treating a disease, disorder or condition, or one or more symptoms associated with a disease, disorder or condition. Delay or minimize. A therapeutically effective amount of a compound refers to the amount of a therapeutic agent used alone or in combination with other therapies that provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of a disease, disorder or condition. The term "therapeutically effective amount" can include an amount that improves overall treatment, reduces or avoids the symptoms or causes of a disease or condition, or enhances the therapeutic efficacy of other therapeutic agents.
除非另作说明,否则,本文使用的化合物的“预防有效量”是足以预防疾病、障碍或病症的数量,或足以预防与疾病、障碍或病症有关的一或多种症状的数量,或防止疾病、障碍或病症复发的数量。化合物的预防有效量是指单独使用或与其它药剂联用的治疗剂的数量,它在预防疾病、障碍或病症的过程中提供预防益处。术语“预防有效量”可以包括改善总体预防的数量,或增强其它预防药剂的预防效能的数量。A "prophylactically effective amount" of a compound, as used herein, is an amount sufficient to prevent a disease, disorder, or condition, or a quantity sufficient to prevent one or more symptoms associated with a disease, disorder, or condition, or to prevent disease, unless otherwise stated. The number of relapses of a disorder or condition. A prophylactically effective amount of a compound refers to the amount of a therapeutic agent used alone or in combination with other agents that provides a prophylactic benefit in the prevention of a disease, disorder or condition. The term "prophylactically effective amount" can include an amount that improves the overall amount of prevention, or enhances the prophylactic efficacy of other prophylactic agents.
“组合”以及相关术语是指同时或依次给药本发明的治疗剂。例如,本发明化合物可以与另一治疗剂以分开的单位剂型同时或依次给药,或与另一治疗剂一起呈单一单位剂型同时给药。 "Combination" and related terms mean the simultaneous or sequential administration of a therapeutic agent of the invention. For example, a compound of the invention may be administered simultaneously or sequentially with another therapeutic agent in separate unit dosage forms, or together with another therapeutic agent in a single unit dosage form.
“EGFR导致的癌症”是指以EGFR基因的不适合的高表达为特征或以改变EGFR核酸分子或多肽的生物活性的EGFR基因突变为特征的癌症。EGFR导致的癌症可出现在任何组织(包括脑、血液、结缔组织、肝、口、肌肉、脾、胃、睾丸和气管)中。EGFR导致的癌症包括但不限于非小细胞肺癌、小细胞肺癌、肺腺癌、肺鳞癌、胰腺癌、乳腺癌、前列腺癌、肝癌、皮肤癌、上皮细胞癌、胃肠间质瘤、白血病、组织细胞性淋巴癌、鼻咽癌。"Cancer-induced cancer" refers to a cancer characterized by an unsuitable high expression of the EGFR gene or a mutation of the EGFR gene that alters the biological activity of the EGFR nucleic acid molecule or polypeptide. Cancers caused by EGFR can occur in any tissue including brain, blood, connective tissue, liver, mouth, muscle, spleen, stomach, testes, and trachea. Cancers caused by EGFR include, but are not limited to, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, liver cancer, skin cancer, epithelial cell carcinoma, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, leukemia , tissue cell lymphoma, nasopharyngeal cancer.
“EGFR突变”或“EGFR突变体”包括EGFR蛋白或EGFR编码序列的氨基酸或核苷酸序列中一个或多个缺失、置换或添加。EGFR突变还可以包括一个或多个缺失、置换或添加,或其片段,只要该突变体相对于野生型EGFR保留或增加了酪氨酸激酶活性。在具体的EGFR突变中,激酶或磷酸化活性相对于野生型EGFR可以增加或减少(例如,至少5%、10%、15%、20%、30%、40%、50%、60%、70%、80%、90%或甚至100%)。示例性的EGFR突变包括但不限于T790M突变、L858R突变和L858R/T790M双突变。An "EGFR mutation" or "EGFR mutant" includes one or more deletions, substitutions or additions in the amino acid or nucleotide sequence of the EGFR protein or EGFR coding sequence. The EGFR mutation may also include one or more deletions, substitutions or additions, or fragments thereof, so long as the mutant retains or increases tyrosine kinase activity relative to wild-type EGFR. In a particular EGFR mutation, the kinase or phosphorylation activity can be increased or decreased relative to wild-type EGFR (eg, at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70). %, 80%, 90% or even 100%). Exemplary EGFR mutations include, but are not limited to, the T790M mutation, the L858R mutation, and the L858R/T790M double mutation.
具体实施方式detailed description
化合物Compound
本文中,“本发明化合物”指的是以下的式(I)化合物-式(VI)化合物(包括各式的子集,例如式(VIf)化合物和式(VIf-1)化合物)、其药学上可接受的盐、立体异构体、溶剂合物、水合物、晶型、前药或同位素变体。Herein, the "compound of the present invention" means a compound of the formula (I) - a compound of the formula (VI) (including a subset of each formula, for example, a compound of the formula (VIf) and a compound of the formula (VIf-1)), a pharmaceutically thereof thereof An acceptable salt, stereoisomer, solvate, hydrate, crystal form, prodrug or isotopic variation.
在一个实施方案中,本发明涉及式(I)化合物:In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of formula (I):
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000003
其中,among them,
R1独立地选自H、卤素、-CN、-NO2、C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基、C1-6烷氧基或C1-6卤代烷氧基;R 1 is independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 haloalkoxy;
R2独立地选自H、卤素、-CN、-NO2、C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基、C1-6烷氧基或C1-6卤代烷氧基;R 2 is independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 haloalkoxy;
连接基L选自Linker L is selected from
1)C、N、O或S原子,只要价键允许;其中C和N可任选被Ra取代;1) C, N, O or S atoms, as long as valency allows; wherein C and N may be optionally substituted with R a;
2)C1-6亚烷基、C2-6亚烯基、C2-6亚炔基、C3-10亚碳环基、3至10元亚杂环基、C6-14亚芳基或C5-10亚杂芳基;其中所述基团任选被一个或多个Ra取代;2) C 1-6 alkylene, C 2-6 alkenylene, C 2-6 alkynylene, C 3-10 carbocyclylene, 3 to 10 membered heterocyclylene, C 6-14 aroma Or a C 5-10 heteroarylene; wherein the group is optionally substituted with one or more R a ;
3)-C(=O)-、-C(=O)O-、-C(=O)N(Rb)-、-N(Rb)C(=O)-、-N(Rb)C(=O)O-、-N(Rb)C(=O)N(Rb)-、-N(Rb)S(=O)-、-N(Rb)S(=O)2-、-OC(=O)-、-OC(=O)N(Rb)-、-OS(=O)-、-OS(=O)2-、-S(=O)-、-S(=O)2-、-S(=O)2O-或-S(=O)2N(Rb)-;3) -C(=O)-, -C(=O)O-, -C(=O)N(R b )-, -N(R b )C(=O)-, -N(R b C(=O)O-, -N(R b )C(=O)N(R b )-, -N(R b )S(=O)-, -N(R b )S(=O 2 -, -OC(=O)-, -OC(=O)N(R b )-, -OS(=O)-, -OS(=O) 2 -, -S(=O)-, -S(=O) 2 -, -S(=O) 2 O- or -S(=O) 2 N(R b )-;
Ra选自H、卤素、-CN、-NO2、氧代基、C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基或C1-6烷氧基;R a is selected from H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , oxo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy;
Rb选自H、C1-6烷基或C1-6卤代烷基;R b is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 haloalkyl;
X选自C或N原子,只要价键允许; X is selected from C or N atoms as long as the valence bond permits;
环A选自C3-6碳环基、3至10元杂环基、C6-14芳基或C5-10杂芳基;Ring A is selected from a C 3-6 carbocyclic group, a 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group, a C 6-14 aryl group or a C 5-10 heteroaryl group;
R3选自卤素、-CN、-NO2、-Rc、-C(=O)Rc、-C(=O)ORc、-C(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)、-N(Rc)(Rc)、-N(Rc)C(=O)Rc、-N(Rc)C(=O)ORc、-N(Rc)C(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)、-N(Rc)S(=O)Rc、-N(Rc)S(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)、-N(Rc)S(=O)2Rc、-N(Rc)S(=O)2N(Rc)(Rc)、-ORc、-OC(=O)Rc、-OC(=O)ORc、-OC(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)、-S(=O)Rc、-S(=O)ORc、-S(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)、-S(=O)2Rc、-S(=O)2ORc、-S(=O)2N(Rc)(Rc)、-SC(=O)Rc、-SC(=O)ORc或-SC(=O)N(Rc)(Rc),只要化学允许;R 3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , -R c , -C(=O)R c , -C(=O)OR c , -C(=O)N(R c )(R c ) , -N(R c )(R c ), -N(R c )C(=O)R c , -N(R c )C(=O)OR c , -N(R c )C(=O N(R c )(R c ), -N(R c )S(=O)R c , -N(R c )S(=O)N(R c )(R c ), -N(R c ) S(=O) 2 R c , -N(R c )S(=O) 2 N(R c )(R c ), -OR c , -OC(=O)R c , -OC(= O) OR c , -OC(=O)N(R c )(R c ), -S(=O)R c , -S(=O)OR c , -S(=O)N(R c ) (R c ), -S(=O) 2 R c , -S(=O) 2 OR c , -S(=O) 2 N(R c )(R c ), -SC(=O)R c , -SC(=O)OR c or -SC(=O)N(R c )(R c ), as long as chemically permits;
Rc选自H、卤素、-CN、-NO2、C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基、C2-6烯基、C2-6炔基、C3-10碳环基、3至10元杂环基、C6-14芳基或C5-10杂芳基;其中所述C3-10碳环基、3至10元杂环基、C6-14芳基或C5-10杂芳基还任选被C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基或-C(=O)C1-6烷基取代;R c is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-10 carbocyclyl a 3- to 10-membered heterocyclic group, a C 6-14 aryl group or a C 5-10 heteroaryl group; wherein the C 3-10 carbocyclic group, a 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group, a C 6-14 aryl group or The C 5-10 heteroaryl group is also optionally substituted by C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl or -C(=O)C 1-6 alkyl;
m为0、1或2;m is 0, 1 or 2;
n为1、2或3;n is 1, 2 or 3;
p代表单键或双键,只要化合价允许;p represents a single bond or a double bond, as long as the valence is allowed;
q代表单键或双键,只要化合价允许;q represents a single bond or a double bond, as long as the valence is allowed;
R4、R5和R6独立地选自H、卤素、-CN、C1-6烷基或C1-6卤代烷基;R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 haloalkyl;
W选自N、O或S原子,其中N可任选被Ra取代;W is selected from N, O or S atom, where N may optionally be substituted with R a;
前提是,当m为0时,X为C原子;The premise is that when m is 0, X is a C atom;
或其药学上可接受的盐、立体异构体、溶剂合物、水合物、晶型、前药或同位素变体。Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, solvate, hydrate, crystal form, prodrug or isotopic variation thereof.
优选地,在该实施方案中,R1独立地选自卤素、C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基、C1-6烷氧基或C1-6卤代烷氧基。更优选地,R1独立地选自卤素、C1-6烷氧基或C1-6卤代烷氧基。更优选地,R1为C1-6烷氧基,例如甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、异丙氧基、正丁氧基、叔丁氧基、仲丁氧基、正戊氧基、正己氧基和1,2-二甲基丁氧基。更优选地,R1为C1-4烷氧基,例如甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、异丙氧基、正丁氧基、叔丁氧基和仲丁氧基。更优选地,R1为卤素,例如Cl或Br。更优选地,R1为Cl或甲氧基。最优选地,R1为甲氧基。Preferably, in this embodiment, R 1 is independently selected from halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 haloalkoxy. More preferably, R 1 is independently selected from halogen, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 haloalkoxy. More preferably, R 1 is C 1-6 alkoxy, such as methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n Pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy and 1,2-dimethylbutoxy. More preferably, R 1 is a C 1-4 alkoxy group such as methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy and sec-butoxy. More preferably, R 1 is a halogen such as Cl or Br. More preferably, R 1 is Cl or methoxy. Most preferably, R 1 is methoxy.
优选地,在该实施方案中,R2独立地选自卤素、C1-6烷基或C1-6卤代烷基。更优选地,R2为C1-6卤代烷基。更优选地,R2为C1-4卤代烷基。更优选地,R2为C1-2卤代烷基,例如-CF3、-CH2F、-CHF2、-CHFCH2F、-CH2CHF2、-CF2CF3、-CCl3、-CH2Cl和-CHCl2。最优选地,R2为-CF3Preferably, in this embodiment, R 2 is independently selected from halogen, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 haloalkyl. More preferably, R 2 is a C 1-6 haloalkyl group. More preferably, R 2 is C 1-4 haloalkyl. More preferably, R 2 is C 1-2 haloalkyl, for example -CF 3, -CH 2 F, -CHF 2, -CHFCH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2, -CF 2 CF 3, -CCl 3, - CH 2 Cl and -CHCl 2 . Most preferably, R 2 is -CF 3 .
优选地,在该实施方案中,L选自:1)C、N或O原子;其任选被Ra取代;2)C1-6亚烷基、C3-10亚碳环基、3至10元亚杂环基、C6-14亚芳基或C5-10亚杂芳基,更优选地,C1-6亚烷基、C3-10亚碳环基或3至10元亚杂环基,更优选地,3至10元亚杂环基,更优选地,3至6元亚杂环基,更优选地,5至6元亚杂环基;其任选被Ra取代;3)-C(=O)-、-C(=O)O-、-C(=O)N(Rb)-、-N(Rb)C(=O)-、-N(Rb)S(=O)2-、-OC(=O)-、-OS(=O)-、-OS(=O)2-、-S(=O)-或-S(=O)2-,更优选地,-C(=O)-、-C(=O)O-、-C(=O)N(Rb)-、-N(Rb)C(=O)-或-OC(=O)-,更优选地,-C(=O)-、-C(=O)O-或-OC(=O)-,最优选地,-C(=O)-。Preferably, in this embodiment, L is selected from: 1) C, N or O atoms; optionally substituted with R a; 2) C 1-6 alkylene, C 3-10 alkylene carbocyclic group, 3 To a 10-membered heterocyclylene group, a C 6-14 arylene group or a C 5-10 heteroarylene group, more preferably a C 1-6 alkylene group, a C 3-10 carbocyclic group or a 3 to 10 member a heterocyclylene group, more preferably a 3- to 10-membered heterocyclylene group, more preferably a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclylene group, more preferably a 5- to 6-membered heterocyclylene group; optionally R Ra substituted; 3) -C (= O) -, - C (= O) O -, - C (= O) N (R b) -, - N (R b) C (= O) -, - N ( R b )S(=O) 2 -, -OC(=O)-, -OS(=O)-, -OS(=O) 2 -, -S(=O)- or -S(=O) 2 -, more preferably, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)O-, -C(=O)N(R b )-, -N(R b )C(=O)- or -OC(=O)-, more preferably, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)O- or -OC(=O)-, most preferably, -C(=O)-.
优选地,在该实施方案中,Ra选自H、卤素、-CN、氧代基、C1-6烷基或C1-6卤代烷基。更优选地,Ra选自H、卤素或氧代基。最优选地,Ra为H。Preferably, in this embodiment, R a is selected from H, halogen, -CN, oxo, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 haloalkyl. More preferably, R a is selected from H, halogen or oxo group. Most preferably, R a is H.
优选地,在该实施方案中,Rb选自H或C1-6烷基。更优选地,Rb选自H或C1-4烷基。 Preferably, in this embodiment, R b is selected from H or C 1-6 alkyl. More preferably, R b is selected from H or C 1-4 alkyl.
优选地,在该实施方案中,环A选自C3-6碳环基或3至10元杂环基。更优选地,环A选自C5-6碳环基或3至6元杂环基。最优选地,环A为5至6元杂环基。Preferably, in this embodiment, Ring A is selected from a C 3-6 carbocyclic group or a 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group. More preferably, Ring A is selected from a C 5-6 carbocyclic group or a 3 to 6 membered heterocyclic group. Most preferably, Ring A is a 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic group.
优选地,在该实施方案中,R3选自卤素、-CN、-NO2、-Rc、-C(=O)Rc、-C(=O)ORc、-C(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)、-N(Rc)(Rc)、-N(Rc)C(=O)Rc、-N(Rc)S(=O)Rc、-N(Rc)S(=O)2Rc、-ORc、-OC(=O)Rc或-S(=O)2Rc,只要化学允许。更优选地,R3选自-Rc、-C(=O)Rc、-C(=O)ORc、-C(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)或-S(=O)2Rc,只要化学允许。Preferably, in this embodiment, R3 is selected from halogen, -CN, -NO 2, -R c , -C (= O) R c, -C (= O) OR c, -C (= O) N (R c )(R c ), -N(R c )(R c ), -N(R c )C(=O)R c , -N(R c )S(=O)R c , -N (R c )S(=O) 2 R c , -OR c , -OC(=O)R c or -S(=O) 2 R c as long as it is chemically acceptable. More preferably, R 3 is selected from -R c , -C(=O)R c , -C(=O)OR c , -C(=O)N(R c )(R c ) or -S(= O) 2 R c as long as the chemical allows.
优选地,在该实施方案中,Rc选自H、卤素、-CN、-NO2、C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基、3至10元杂环基。更优选地,Rc选自H、C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基、5至6元杂环基。在一个优选实施方案中,Rc中的杂环基任选被C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基或-C(=O)C1-6烷基取代。在一个优选实施方案中,Rc中的杂环基任选被-C(=O)C1-6烷基取代。Preferably, in this embodiment, R c is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic. More preferably, R c is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic. In a preferred embodiment, the heterocyclic group in R c is optionally substituted by C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl or -C(=O)C 1-6 alkyl. In a preferred embodiment, the heterocyclic group in R c is optionally substituted by -C(=O)C 1-6 alkyl.
优选地,在该实施方案中,m为0或1。在一个优选实施方案中,m为0。在另一个优选实施方案中,m为1。Preferably, in this embodiment, m is 0 or 1. In a preferred embodiment, m is zero. In another preferred embodiment, m is one.
优选地,在该实施方案中,n为1或2。更优选地,n为1。Preferably, in this embodiment, n is 1 or 2. More preferably, n is 1.
优选地,在该实施方案中,p和q均代表单键。在一个优选实施方案中,p代表单键和q代表双键。在另一个优选实施方案中,p代表双键和q代表单键。Preferably, in this embodiment, both p and q represent a single bond. In a preferred embodiment, p represents a single bond and q represents a double bond. In another preferred embodiment, p represents a double bond and q represents a single bond.
优选地,在该实施方案中,R4、R5和R6独立地选自H、卤素、-CN、C1-6烷基。更优选地,R4、R5和R6均为H。Preferably, in this embodiment, R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl. More preferably, R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are both H.
优选地,在该实施方案中,W选自N或O原子。Preferably, in this embodiment, W is selected from N or O atoms.
在另一个实施方案中,本发明涉及式(IIa)-(IIe)化合物:In another embodiment, the invention relates to compounds of formula (IIa)-(IIe):
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000004
其中,Y选自C、N、O或S原子,R1-R6、X、W、A、n和q如上文所定义。Wherein Y is selected from C, N, O or S atoms, and R 1 - R 6 , X, W, A, n and q are as defined above.
在另一个实施方案中,本发明涉及式(IIIa)-(IIIf)化合物:In another embodiment, the invention relates to compounds of formula (IIIa)-(IIIf):
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000005
其中,Y选自C、N、O或S原子,R1-R6、Ra、X、W、A、n、p和q如上文所定义。Wherein Y is selected from C, N, O or S atoms, and R 1 - R 6 , R a , X, W, A, n, p and q are as defined above.
在另一个实施方案中,本发明涉及式(IVa)-(IVo)化合物:In another embodiment, the invention relates to compounds of formula (IVa)-(IVo):
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000006
其中,Y选自C、N、O或S原子,R1-R6、Ra、X、W、A、n、p和q如上文所定义。Wherein Y is selected from C, N, O or S atoms, and R 1 - R 6 , R a , X, W, A, n, p and q are as defined above.
在另一个实施方案中,本发明涉及式(Va)-(Vo)化合物:In another embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of formula (Va)-(Vo):
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000008
其中,Y选自C、N、O或S原子,o为0、1、2或3,R1-R6、Ra、X、W、A、n和q如上文所定义。Wherein Y is selected from C, N, O or S atoms, o is 0, 1 , 2 or 3, and R 1 - R 6 , R a , X, W, A, n and q are as defined above.
在另一个实施方案中,本发明涉及式(VIa)-(VIf)化合物:In another embodiment, the invention relates to compounds of formula (VIa)-(VIf):
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000009
其中,Y选自C、N、O或S原子,R1-R6、W、A、n和q如上文所定义。Wherein Y is selected from C, N, O or S atoms, and R 1 - R 6 , W, A, n and q are as defined above.
在更具体的实施方案中,本发明涉及下式化合物:In a more specific embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of the formula:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000010
其中,R1为Cl或甲氧基,W为-O-或-NH-,R3和n如上文所定义。 Wherein R 1 is Cl or methoxy, W is -O- or -NH-, and R 3 and n are as defined above.
本发明化合物可包括一个或多个不对称中心,且因此可以存在多种立体异构体形式,例如,对映异构体和/或非对映异构体形式。例如,本发明化合物可为单独的对映异构体、非对映异构体或几何异构体(例如顺式和反式异构体),或者可为立体异构体的混合物的形式,包括外消旋混合物和富含一种或多种立体异构体的混合物。异构体可通过本领域技术人员已知的方法从混合物中分离,所述方法包括:手性高压液相色谱法(HPLC)以及手性盐的形成和结晶;或者优选的异构体可通过不对称合成来制备。The compounds of the invention may include one or more asymmetric centers, and thus may exist in a variety of stereoisomeric forms, for example, enantiomeric and/or diastereomeric forms. For example, the compounds of the invention may be in the form of individual enantiomers, diastereomers or geometric isomers (e.g., cis and trans isomers), or may be in the form of a mixture of stereoisomers, A racemic mixture and a mixture rich in one or more stereoisomers are included. The isomers can be separated from the mixture by methods known to those skilled in the art, including: chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and the formation and crystallization of a chiral salt; or preferred isomers can be passed Prepared by asymmetric synthesis.
本发明也包括本发明化合物的所有合适的同位素变体。本发明化合物的同位素变体的定义为其中至少一个原子被具有相同原子数但原子质量与自然界中通常发现的原子质量不同的原子代替。可以掺入本发明化合物中的同位素的实例包括氢、碳、氮、氧、氟和氯的同位素,例如分别为2H、3H、13C、14C、15N、17O、18O、18F、31P、32p、35S和36Cl。本发明化合物的一些同位素变体,例如其中掺入放射性同位素如3H或14C的那些,可用于药物和/或底物组织分布研究。氚化(即3H)和碳-14(即14C)同位素因其易于制备和可检测性而为特别优选的。此外,用同位素(例如氘,即2H)取代可以提供由于更大的代谢稳定性而得到的一些治疗优点,例如增加的体内半衰期或减少的剂量需要,并且因此在一些情况下可以是优选的。本发明化合物的同位素变体通常可以通过如下制备:常规程序例如通过说明性方法或通过下文实施例中描述的制备,其使用合适试剂的适当同位素变体。The invention also includes all suitable isotopic variations of the compounds of the invention. An isotopic variation of a compound of the invention is defined as wherein at least one atom is replaced by an atom having the same atomic number but differing in atomic mass from the atomic mass typically found in nature. Examples of isotopes which may be incorporated into the compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine and chlorine, for example 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 17 O, 18 O, respectively. 18 F, 31 P, 32 p, 35 S and 36 Cl. Some isotopic variations of the compounds of the invention, such as those in which a radioisotope such as 3 H or 14 C is incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies. Deuterated (i.e., 3 H) and carbon-14 (i.e., 14 C) isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Furthermore, substitution with isotopes (e.g., hydrazine, i.e., 2 H) can provide some therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, such as increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, and thus may be preferred in some circumstances. . Isotopic variations of the compounds of the invention can generally be prepared by conventional procedures, for example by illustrative methods or by the preparations described in the Examples below, using appropriate isotopic variations of the appropriate reagents.
本发明人经过研究,意外地发现,本发明的氘代的二氨基嘧啶化合物及其药学上可接受的盐与未氘代的化合物相比,具有等效或者更优异的药物动力学和/或药效学性能,因此适合作为抑制EGFR激酶的化合物,进而更适用制备治疗癌症以及EGFR激酶相关疾病的药物。The present inventors have unexpectedly discovered that the deuterated diaminopyrimidine compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof have equivalent or more excellent pharmacokinetics and/or compared to the undeuterated compound. It has pharmacodynamic properties and is therefore suitable as a compound for inhibiting EGFR kinase, and is therefore more suitable for the preparation of a medicament for treating cancer and EGFR kinase-related diseases.
本发明化合物或其药学上可接受的盐可以是无定形或结晶形式。此外,本发明化合物可以以一种或多种结晶形式存在。因此,本发明在其范围内包括本发明化合物的所有无定形或结晶形式。The compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be in an amorphous or crystalline form. Furthermore, the compounds of the invention may exist in one or more crystalline forms. Accordingly, the invention includes within its scope all amorphous or crystalline forms of the compounds of the invention.
本领域技术人员将理解,许多有机化合物可以与溶剂形成复合物,其在该溶剂中发生反应或从该溶剂中沉淀或结晶出来。这些复合物称为“溶剂合物”。当溶剂是水时,复合物称为“水合物”。本发明涵盖了本发明化合物的所有溶剂合物。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that many organic compounds can form complexes with solvents in which they react or precipitate or crystallize from the solvent. These complexes are referred to as "solvates." When the solvent is water, the complex is referred to as a "hydrate." The present invention encompasses all solvates of the compounds of the invention.
此外,前药也包括在本发明的上下文内。本文所用的术语“前药”是指在体内通过例如在血液中水解转变成其具有医学效应的活性形式的化合物。药学上可接受的的前药描述于T.Higuchi和V.Stella,Prodrugs as Novel Delivery Systems,A.C.S.Symposium Series的Vol.14,Edward B.Roche,ed.,Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design,American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press,1987,以及D.Fleisher、S.Ramon和H.Barbra“Improved oral drug delivery:solubility limitations overcome by the use of prodrugs”,Advanced Drug Deliver yReviews(1996)19(2)115-130,每篇引入本文作为参考。In addition, prodrugs are also included within the context of the present invention. The term "prodrug" as used herein refers to a compound which is converted in vivo to an active form thereof having a medical effect by, for example, hydrolysis in blood. Pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs are described in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Prodrugs as Novel Delivery Systems, ACSSymposium Series Vol. 14, Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, and D. Fleisher, S. Ramon, and H. Barbra "Improved oral drug delivery:solubility limitations overcome by the use of prodrugs", Advanced Drug Deliver yReviews (1996) 19(2) 115-130, each This article is incorporated herein by reference.
前药为任何共价键合的载体,当将这种前药给予患者时,其在体内释放式(I)化合物。通常通过修饰官能团来制备前药,修饰是以使得该修饰可以通过常规操作或在体内裂解产生母体化合物的方式进行的。前药包括,例如,其中羟基、胺或巯基与任意基团键合的本发明化合物,当将其给予患者时,可以裂解形成羟基、胺或巯基。因此,前药的代表性实例包括(但不限于)式(I)化合物的醇、巯基和胺官能团的乙酸酯、甲酸酯和苯甲酸酯衍生物。另外,在羧酸(-COOH)的情况下,可以使用酯,例如甲酯、乙酯等。酯本身可以是有活性的和/或可以在人体体内条件下水解。合适的药学上可接受的体内 可水解的酯基包括容易在人体中分解而释放母体酸或其盐的那些基团。A prodrug is any covalently bonded carrier which, when administered to a patient, releases the compound of formula (I) in vivo. Prodrugs are typically prepared by modifying functional groups in such a way that the modifications can be cleaved by routine manipulation or in vivo to yield the parent compound. Prodrugs include, for example, compounds of the invention wherein a hydroxy, amine or sulfhydryl group is bonded to any group which, when administered to a patient, can be cleaved to form a hydroxy, amine or sulfhydryl group. Thus, representative examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol, mercapto and amine functional groups of the compounds of formula (I). Further, in the case of a carboxylic acid (-COOH), an ester such as a methyl ester, an ethyl ester or the like can be used. The ester itself may be active and/or may hydrolyze under conditions in humans. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable body Hydrolyzable ester groups include those groups which readily decompose in the human body to release the parent acid or a salt thereof.
药物组合物、制剂和试剂盒Pharmaceutical compositions, formulations and kits
在另一方面,本发明提供了药物组合物,其包含本发明化合物(还称为“活性组分”)和药学上可接受的赋形剂。在一些实施方案中,所述药物组合物包含有效量的活性组分。在一些实施方案中,所述药物组合物包含治疗有效量的活性组分。在一些实施方案中,所述药物组合物包含预防有效量的活性组分。In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the invention (also referred to as "active ingredient") and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises an effective amount of the active component. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a therapeutically effective amount of the active component. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a prophylactically effective amount of the active component.
用于本发明的药学上可接受的赋形剂是指不会破坏一起调配的化合物的药理学活性的无毒载剂、佐剂或媒剂。可以用于本发明组合物中的药学上可接受的载剂、佐剂或媒剂包括(但不限于)离子交换剂、氧化铝、硬脂酸铝、卵磷脂、血清蛋白(如人类血清白蛋白)、缓冲物质(如磷酸盐)、甘氨酸、山梨酸、山梨酸钾、饱和植物脂肪酸的偏甘油酯混合物、水、盐或电解质(如硫酸鱼精蛋白)、磷酸氢二钠、磷酸氢钾、氯化钠、锌盐、硅胶、三硅酸镁、聚乙烯吡咯烷酮、基于纤维素的物质、聚乙二醇、羧甲基纤维素钠、聚丙烯酸酯、蜡、聚乙烯-聚氧丙烯-嵌段聚合物、聚乙二醇以及羊毛脂。A pharmaceutically acceptable excipient for use in the present invention refers to a non-toxic carrier, adjuvant or vehicle which does not destroy the pharmacological activity of the compound formulated together. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants, or vehicles that can be used in the compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins (eg, human serum white) Protein), buffer substances (such as phosphate), glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, a mixture of partial glycerides of saturated plant fatty acids, water, salt or electrolyte (such as protamine sulfate), disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate , sodium chloride, zinc salt, silica gel, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based materials, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyacrylate, wax, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene - Block polymers, polyethylene glycol and lanolin.
本发明还包括试剂盒(例如,药物包装)。所提供的试剂盒可以包括本发明化合物、其它治疗剂,以及含有本发明化合物、其它治疗剂的第一和第二容器(例如,小瓶、安瓿瓶、瓶、注射器和/或可分散包装或其它合适的容器)。在一些实施方案中,提供的试剂盒还可以任选包括第三容器,其含有用于稀释或悬浮本发明化合物和/或其它治疗剂的药用赋形剂。在一些实施方案中,提供在第一容器和第二容器中的本发明化合物和其它治疗剂组合形成一个单位剂型。The invention also includes kits (e.g., pharmaceutical packs). Kits provided may include a compound of the invention, other therapeutic agents, and first and second containers (eg, vials, ampoules, bottles, syringes, and/or dispersible packages or other materials containing the compounds of the invention, other therapeutic agents) Suitable container). In some embodiments, provided kits can also optionally include a third container containing a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient for diluting or suspending a compound of the invention and/or other therapeutic agent. In some embodiments, a compound of the invention provided in a first container and a second container is combined with other therapeutic agents to form a unit dosage form.
下列制剂实施例说明可根据本发明制备的代表性的药物组合物。然而,本发明不限于下列药物组合物。The following formulation examples illustrate representative pharmaceutical compositions that can be prepared in accordance with the present invention. However, the invention is not limited to the following pharmaceutical compositions.
示例性的制剂1-片剂:可以将干粉形式的本发明化合物与干燥的凝胶粘合剂以约1∶2的重量比混合。加入较少量的硬脂酸镁作为润滑剂。使该混合物在压片机中成型为0.3-30mg片剂(每个片剂含有0.1-10mg活性化合物)。Exemplary Formulation 1 - Tablet: The compound of the present invention in dry powder form can be mixed with the dried gel binder in a weight ratio of about 1:2. A smaller amount of magnesium stearate was added as a lubricant. The mixture is shaped into 0.3-30 mg tablets (each tablet contains 0.1-10 mg of active compound per tablet) in a tablet press.
示例性的制剂2-片剂:可以将干粉形式的本发明化合物与干燥的凝胶粘合剂以约1∶2的重量比混合。加入较少量的硬脂酸镁作为润滑剂。使该混合物在压片机中成型为30-90mg片剂(每个片剂含有10-30mg活性化合物)。Exemplary Formulation 2 - Tablet: The compound of the present invention in dry powder form can be mixed with the dried gel binder in a weight ratio of about 1:2. A smaller amount of magnesium stearate was added as a lubricant. The mixture is formed into a 30-90 mg tablet (each tablet contains 10-30 mg of active compound per tablet) in a tablet press.
示例性的制剂3-片剂:可以将干粉形式的本发明化合物与干燥的凝胶粘合剂以约1∶2的重量比混合。加入较少量的硬脂酸镁作为润滑剂。使该混合物在压片机中成型为90-150mg片剂(每个片剂含有30-50mg活性化合物)。Exemplary Formulation 3 - Tablet: The compound of the present invention in dry powder form can be mixed with the dried gel binder in a weight ratio of about 1:2. A smaller amount of magnesium stearate was added as a lubricant. The mixture is shaped into 90-150 mg tablets (30-50 mg of active compound per tablet) in a tablet press.
示例性的制剂4-片剂:可以将干粉形式的本发明化合物与干燥的凝胶粘合剂以约1∶2的重量比混合。加入较少量的硬脂酸镁作为润滑剂。使该混合物在压片机中成型为150-240mg片剂(每个片剂含有50-80mg活性化合物)。Exemplary Formulation 4-Tablet: The compound of the invention in dry powder form can be combined with the dried gel binder in a weight ratio of about 1:2. A smaller amount of magnesium stearate was added as a lubricant. The mixture is formed into a 150-240 mg tablet (each tablet contains 50-80 mg of active compound per tablet) in a tablet press.
示例性的制剂5-片剂:可以将干粉形式的本发明化合物与干燥的凝胶粘合剂以约1∶2的重量比混合。加入较少量的硬脂酸镁作为润滑剂。使该混合物在压片机中成型为240-270mg片剂(每个片剂含有80-90mg活性化合物)。 Exemplary Formulation 5 - Tablet: The compound of the invention in dry powder form can be combined with the dried gel binder in a weight ratio of about 1:2. A smaller amount of magnesium stearate was added as a lubricant. The mixture is shaped into 240-270 mg tablets (each tablet contains 80-90 mg of active compound per tablet) in a tablet press.
示例性的制剂6-片剂:可以将干粉形式的本发明化合物与干燥的凝胶粘合剂以约1∶2的重量比混合。加入较少量的硬脂酸镁作为润滑剂。使该混合物在压片机中成型为270-450mg片剂(每个片剂含有90-150mg活性化合物)。Exemplary Formulation 6-Tablet: The compound of the invention in dry powder form can be combined with the dried gel binder in a weight ratio of about 1:2. A smaller amount of magnesium stearate was added as a lubricant. The mixture is shaped into a 270-450 mg tablet (each tablet contains 90-150 mg of active compound) in a tablet press.
示例性的制剂7-片剂:可以将干粉形式的本发明化合物与干燥的凝胶粘合剂以约1∶2的重量比混合。加入较少量的硬脂酸镁作为润滑剂。使该混合物在压片机中成型为450-900mg片剂(每个片剂含有150-300mg活性化合物)。Exemplary Formulation 7-Tablet: The compound of the invention in dry powder form can be combined with the dried gel binder in a weight ratio of about 1:2. A smaller amount of magnesium stearate was added as a lubricant. The mixture is shaped into 450-900 mg tablets (each tablet contains 150-300 mg of active compound per tablet) in a tablet press.
示例性的制剂8-胶囊剂:可以将干粉形式的本发明化合物与淀粉稀释剂以约1∶1的重量比混合。将该混合物填充到250mg胶囊中(每个胶囊含有125mg活性化合物)。Exemplary Formulation 8 - Capsules: The compound of the invention in dry powder form can be combined with the starch diluent in a weight ratio of about 1:1. The mixture was filled into 250 mg capsules (each capsule containing 125 mg of active compound).
示例性的制剂9-液体:可以将本发明化合物(125mg)与蔗糖(1.75g)和黄原胶(4mg)混合,且可将得到的混合物共混,通过No.10筛目美国筛,然后与预先制备的微晶纤维素和羧甲基纤维素钠(11∶89,50mg)的水溶液混合。将苯甲酸钠(10mg)、调味剂和着色剂用水稀释,并在搅拌下加入。然后,可以加入充足的水,得到5mL的总体积。Exemplary Formulation 9-Liquid: The compound of the present invention (125 mg) can be mixed with sucrose (1.75 g) and xanthan gum (4 mg), and the resulting mixture can be blended, passed through a No. 10 mesh U.S. sieve, and then It was mixed with an aqueous solution of microcrystalline cellulose and sodium carboxymethylcellulose (11:89, 50 mg) prepared in advance. Sodium benzoate (10 mg), flavor and color are diluted with water and added with stirring. Then, sufficient water can be added to give a total volume of 5 mL.
示例性的制剂10-注射剂:可以将本发明化合物溶解或悬浮在缓冲无菌盐水可注射的水性介质中,达到约5mg/mL的浓度。Exemplary Formulation 10 - Injection: The compound of the invention may be dissolved or suspended in a buffered sterile saline injectable aqueous medium to a concentration of about 5 mg/mL.
给药Administration
本发明提供的药物组合物可以通过许多途径给药,包括但不限于:口服给药、肠胃外给药、吸入给药、局部给药、直肠给药、鼻腔给药、口腔给药、阴道给药、通过植入剂给药或其它给药方式。例如,本文使用的肠胃外给药包括皮下给药、皮内给药、静脉内给药、肌肉内给药、关节内给药、动脉内给药、滑膜腔内给药、胸骨内给药、脑脊髓膜内给药、病灶内给药、和颅内的注射或输液技术。The pharmaceutical composition provided by the present invention can be administered by a variety of routes including, but not limited to, oral administration, parenteral administration, inhalation administration, topical administration, rectal administration, nasal administration, oral administration, vaginal administration. Drug, administration by implant or other means of administration. For example, parenteral administration as used herein includes subcutaneous administration, intradermal administration, intravenous administration, intramuscular administration, intra-articular administration, intra-arterial administration, intrasynovial administration, intrasternal administration. , intracerebroventricular administration, intralesional administration, and intracranial injection or infusion techniques.
通常,给予有效量的本文所提供的化合物。按照有关情况,包括所治疗的病症、选择的给药途径、实际给予的化合物、个体患者的年龄、体重和响应、患者症状的严重程度,等等,可以由医生确定实际上给予的化合物的量。Generally, an effective amount of a compound provided herein is administered. Depending on the circumstances, including the condition being treated, the route of administration selected, the compound actually administered, the age, weight and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient's symptoms, etc., the amount of compound actually administered can be determined by the physician. .
当用于预防本发明所述病症时,给予处于形成所述病症危险之中的受试者本文所提供的化合物,典型地基于医生的建议并在医生监督下给药,剂量水平如上所述。处于形成具体病症的危险之中的受试者,通常包括具有所述病症的家族史的受试者,或通过遗传试验或筛选确定尤其对形成所述病症敏感的那些受试者。When used to prevent a condition of the invention, the compound provided herein is administered to a subject at risk of developing the condition, typically based on a physician's recommendation and administered under the supervision of a physician, at the dosage level as described above. Subjects at risk of developing a particular condition typically include subjects with a family history of the condition, or those subjects that are particularly susceptible to developing the condition by genetic testing or screening.
还可以长期给予本文所提供的药物组合物(“长期给药”)。长期给药是指在长时间内给予化合物或其药物组合物,例如,3个月、6个月、1年、2年、3年、5年等等,或者可无限期地持续给药,例如,受试者的余生。在一些实施方案中,长期给药意欲在长时间内在血液中提供所述化合物的恒定水平,例如,在治疗窗内。The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein ("long-term administration") can also be administered chronically. Long-term administration refers to administration of a compound or a pharmaceutical composition thereof for a long period of time, for example, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 5 years, etc., or can be continuously administered indefinitely, For example, the rest of the subject. In some embodiments, chronic administration is intended to provide a constant level of the compound in the blood over a prolonged period of time, for example, within a therapeutic window.
可以使用各种给药方法,进一步递送本发明的药物组合物。例如,在一些实施方案中,可以推注给药药物组合物,例如,为了使化合物在血液中的浓度提高至有效水平。推注剂量取决于通过身体的活性组分的目标全身性水平,例如,肌内或皮下的推注剂量使活性组分缓慢释放,而直接递送至静脉的推注(例如,通过IV静脉滴注)能够更加快速地递送,使得活性组分在血液中的浓度快速升高至有效 水平。在其它实施方案中,可以以持续输液形式给予药物组合物,例如,通过IV静脉滴注,从而在受试者身体中提供稳态浓度的活性组分。此外,在其它实施方案中,可以首先给予推注剂量的药物组合物,而后持续输液。The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be further delivered using various methods of administration. For example, in some embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition can be administered by bolus injection, for example, to increase the concentration of the compound in the blood to an effective level. The bolus dose depends on the target systemic level of the active ingredient through the body, for example, an intramuscular or subcutaneous bolus dose that causes a slow release of the active ingredient, while a bolus that is delivered directly to the vein (eg, via IV IV drip) ) can be delivered more quickly, allowing the concentration of active ingredient in the blood to rise quickly to be effective Level. In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition can be administered in a continuous infusion form, for example, by IV intravenous drip to provide a steady state concentration of the active ingredient in the subject's body. Moreover, in other embodiments, a bolus dose of the pharmaceutical composition can be administered first, followed by continued infusion.
口服组合物可以采用散装液体溶液或混悬剂或散装粉剂形式。然而,更通常,为了便于精确地剂量给药,以单位剂量形式提供所述组合物。术语“单位剂型”是指适合作为人类患者及其它哺乳动物的单元剂量的物理离散单位,每个单位包含预定数量的、适于产生所需要的治疗效果的活性物质与合适药学赋形剂。典型的单位剂量形式包括液体组合物的预装填的、预先测量的安瓿或注射器,或者在固体组合物情况下的丸剂、片剂、胶囊剂等。在这种组合物中,所述化合物通常为较少的组分(约0.1至约50重量%,或优选约1至约40重量%),剩余部分为对于形成所需给药形式有用的各种载体或赋形剂以及加工助剂。Oral compositions can be in the form of a bulk liquid solution or suspension or bulk powder. More generally, however, the composition is provided in unit dosage form for ease of precise dosing. The term "unit dosage form" refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human patients and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active ingredient suitable to produce the desired therapeutic effect with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient. Typical unit dosage forms include prefilled, pre-measured ampoules or syringes of the liquid compositions, or pills, tablets, capsules and the like in the case of solid compositions. In such compositions, the compound will generally be a minor component (about 0.1 to about 50% by weight, or preferably about 1 to about 40% by weight), with the remainder being useful for forming the desired form of administration. A carrier or excipient and a processing aid.
对于口服剂量,代表性的方案是,每天一个至五个口服剂量,尤其是两个至四个口服剂量,典型地是三个口服剂量。使用这些剂量给药模式,每个剂量提供大约0.01至大约20mg/kg的本发明化合物,优选的剂量各自提供大约0.1至大约10mg/kg,尤其是大约1至大约5mg/kg。For oral doses, a representative regimen is one to five oral doses per day, especially two to four oral doses, typically three oral doses. Using these dosing modes, each dose provides from about 0.01 to about 20 mg/kg of a compound of the invention, each preferably providing from about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg, especially from about 1 to about 5 mg/kg.
为了提供与使用注射剂量类似的血液水平,或比使用注射剂量更低的血液水平,通常选择透皮剂量,数量为大约0.01至大约20%重量,优选大约0.1至大约20%重量,优选大约0.1至大约10%重量,且更优选大约0.5至大约15%重量。In order to provide a blood level similar to the use of an injectable dose, or a lower blood level than the injectable dose, a transdermal dose is generally selected in an amount of from about 0.01 to about 20% by weight, preferably from about 0.1 to about 20% by weight, preferably about 0.1. To about 10% by weight, and more preferably from about 0.5 to about 15% by weight.
从大约1至大约120小时,尤其是24至96小时,注射剂量水平在大约0.1mg/kg/小时至至少10mg/kg/小时的范围。为了获得足够的稳定状态水平,还可以给予大约0.1mg/kg至大约10mg/kg或更多的预载推注。对于40至80kg的人类患者来说,最大总剂量不能超过大约2g/天。The injection dose level ranges from about 1 mg/kg/hr to at least 10 mg/kg/hr from about 1 to about 120 hours, especially 24 to 96 hours. In order to obtain a sufficient level of steady state, a preload bolus of about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg or more can also be administered. For a human patient of 40 to 80 kg, the maximum total dose cannot exceed about 2 g/day.
适于口服给药的液体形式可包括合适的水性或非水载体以及缓冲剂、悬浮剂和分散剂、着色剂、调味剂,等等。固体形式可包括,例如,任何下列组份,或具有类似性质的化合物:粘合剂,例如,微晶纤维素、黄蓍胶或明胶;赋形剂,例如,淀粉或乳糖,崩解剂,例如,褐藻酸、Primogel或玉米淀粉;润滑剂,例如,硬脂酸镁;助流剂,例如,胶体二氧化硅;甜味剂,例如,蔗糖或糖精;或调味剂,例如,薄荷、水杨酸甲酯或橙味调味剂。Liquid forms suitable for oral administration may include suitable aqueous or nonaqueous vehicles as well as buffers, suspending and dispersing agents, coloring agents, flavoring agents, and the like. The solid form may include, for example, any of the following components, or a compound having similar properties: a binder, for example, microcrystalline cellulose, tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrant, For example, alginic acid, Primogel or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate; a glidant such as colloidal silica; a sweetener such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as mint, water Methyl salicylate or orange flavoring.
可注射的组合物典型地基于可注射用的无菌盐水或磷酸盐缓冲盐水,或本领域中已知的其它可注射的赋形剂。如前所述,在这种组合物中,活性化合物典型地为较少的组分,经常为约0.05至10%重量,剩余部分为可注射的赋形剂等。Injectable compositions are typically based on injectable sterile saline or phosphate buffered saline, or other injectable excipients known in the art. As previously mentioned, in such compositions, the active compound will typically be a minor component, often from about 0.05 to 10% by weight, with the remainder being injectable excipients and the like.
典型地将透皮组合物配制为含有活性组分的局部软膏剂或乳膏剂。当配制为软膏剂时,活性组分典型地与石蜡或可与水混溶的软膏基质组合。或者,活性组分可与例如水包油型乳膏基质一起配制为乳膏剂。这种透皮制剂是本领域中公知的,且通常包括用于提升活性组分或制剂的稳定的皮肤渗透的其它组份。所有这种已知的透皮制剂和组份包括在本发明提供的范围内。The transdermal compositions are typically formulated as topical ointments or creams containing the active ingredient. When formulated as an ointment, the active component is typically combined with a paraffin or water miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active ingredient can be formulated as a cream with, for example, an oil-in-water cream base. Such transdermal formulations are well known in the art and generally include other ingredients for enhancing stable skin penetration of the active ingredient or formulation. All such known transdermal formulations and components are included within the scope of the invention.
本发明化合物还可通过经皮装置给予。因此,经皮给药可使用贮存器(reservoir)或多孔膜类型、或者多种固体基质的贴剂实现。The compounds of the invention may also be administered by transdermal means. Thus, transdermal administration can be accomplished using a reservoir or a porous membrane type, or a patch of a plurality of solid matrices.
用于口服给予、注射或局部给予的组合物的上述组份仅仅是代表性的。其它材料以及加工技术等阐述于Remington′s Pharmaceutical Sciences,17th edition,1985,Mack Publishing Company,Easton, Pennsylvania的第8部分中,本文以引用的方式引入该文献。The above components of the composition for oral administration, injection or topical administration are merely representative. Other materials and processing techniques are described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th edition, 1985, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, In Section 8 of Pennsylvania, this document is incorporated by reference.
本发明化合物还可以以持续释放形式给予,或从持续释放给药系统中给予。代表性的持续释放材料的描述可在Remington′s Pharmaceutical Sciences中找到。The compounds of the invention may also be administered in sustained release form or from a sustained release delivery system. A description of representative sustained release materials can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences.
本发明还涉及本发明化合物的药学上可接受的制剂。在一个实施方案中,所述制剂包含水。在另一个实施方案中,所述制剂包含环糊精衍生物。最常见的环糊精为分别由6、7和8个α-1,4-连接的葡萄糖单元组成的α-、β-和γ-环糊精,其在连接的糖部分上任选包括一个或多个取代基,其包括但不限于:甲基化的、羟基烷基化的、酰化的和磺烷基醚取代。在一些实施方案中,所述环糊精为磺烷基醚β-环糊精,例如,磺丁基醚β-环糊精,也称作Captisol。参见,例如,U.S.5,376,645。在一些实施方案中,所述制剂包括六丙基-β-环糊精(例如,在水中,10-50%)。The invention further relates to pharmaceutically acceptable formulations of the compounds of the invention. In one embodiment, the formulation comprises water. In another embodiment, the formulation comprises a cyclodextrin derivative. The most common cyclodextrins are alpha-, beta- and gamma-cyclodextrins consisting of 6, 7 and 8 alpha-1,4-linked glucose units, respectively, optionally including one on the attached sugar moiety. Or a plurality of substituents including, but not limited to, methylated, hydroxyalkylated, acylated, and sulfoalkyl ether substituted. In some embodiments, the cyclodextrin is a sulfoalkyl ether beta-cyclodextrin, eg, sulfobutylether beta-cyclodextrin, also known as Captisol. See, for example, U.S. 5,376,645. In some embodiments, the formulation comprises hexapropyl-β-cyclodextrin (eg, 10-50% in water).
组合combination
本发明化合物或其组合物可以与其它治疗剂组合给药,以治疗所述疾病。已知治疗剂的实例包括但不限于阿德力霉素(Adriamycin)、地塞米松(dexamethasone)、长春新碱(vincristine)、环磷酰胺(cyclophosphamide)、氟尿嘧啶(fluorouracil)、拓朴替康(topotecan)、紫杉酚(taxol)、干扰素、铂衍生物、紫杉烷(taxane)(例如太平洋紫杉醇(paclitaxel))、长春花生物碱(例如长春碱(vinblastine))、蒽环霉素(anthracycline)(例如多柔比星(doxombicin))、表鬼臼毒素(epipodophyllotoxin)(例如依托泊苷(etoposide))、顺铂(cisplatin)、mTOR抑制剂(例如雷帕霉素(rapamycin))、甲氨蝶呤(methotrexate)、放线菌素D(actinomycin D)、海兔毒素10(dolastatin 10)、秋水仙碱(colchicine)、吐根素(emetine)、三甲曲沙(trimetrexate)、氯苯氨啶(metoprine)、环孢霉素(cyclosporine)、道诺霉素(daunorubicin)、替尼泊苷(teniposide)、两性霉素(amphotericin)、烷化剂(例如苯丁酸氮芥(chlorambucil))、5-氟尿嘧啶、喜树碱(camptothecin)、顺铂、甲硝哒唑(metronidazole)以及GleevecTM。在其它实施例中,本发明化合物与如阿瓦斯汀(Avastin)或维克替比(VECTIBIX)等生物剂组合给药。The compounds of the invention or compositions thereof may be administered in combination with other therapeutic agents to treat the disease. Examples of known therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, Adriamycin, dexamethasone, vincristine, cyclophosphamide, fluorouracil, topotecan ( Topotecan), taxol, interferon, platinum derivatives, taxanes (eg, paclitaxel), vinca alkaloids (eg, vinblastine), anthracycline ( Anthracycline) (eg, doxombicin), epipodophyllotoxin (eg, etoposide), cisplatin, mTOR inhibitor (eg, rapamycin), Methotrexate, actinomycin D, dolastatin 10, colchicine, emetine, trimetrexate, chlorobenzene Metoprine, cyclosporine, daunorubicin, teniposide, amphotericin, alkylating agent (eg chlorambucil) ), 5-fluorouracil, camptothecin, cisplatin, metronidazole (metron) idazole) and Gleevec TM. In other embodiments, the compounds of the invention are administered in combination with a biological agent such as Avastin or VECTIBIX.
在一些实施方案中,本发明化合物或其组合物可以与选自以下中的任一种或一种以上的抗增殖剂或化学治疗剂组合给药:阿巴瑞克(abarelix)、阿地白介素(aldesleukin)、阿仑单抗(alemtuzumab)、阿利维甲酸(alitretinoin)、别嘌呤醇(allopurinol)、六甲蜜胺(altretamine)、氨磷汀(amifostine)、阿那曲唑(anastrozole)、三氧化二砷、天冬酰胺酶、阿扎胞苷(azacitidine)、BCG Live、贝伐单抗(bevacuzimab)、氟尿嘧啶、贝瑟罗汀(bexarotene)、博莱霉素(bleomycin)、硼替佐米(bortezomib)、白消安(busulfan)、二甲睾酮(calusterone)、卡培他滨(capecitabine)、喜树碱、卡铂(carboplatin)、卡莫司汀(carmustine)、塞内昔布(celecoxib)、西妥昔单抗(cetuximab)、苯丁酸氮芥(chlorambucil)、克拉屈滨(cladribine)、氯法拉滨(clofarabine)、环磷酰胺、阿糖胞苷(cytarabine)、放线菌素D、达贝泊汀α(darbepoetin alfa)、道诺霉素、地尼白介素(denileukin)、右雷佐生(dexrazoxane)、多烯紫杉醇(docetaxel)、多柔比星、盐酸多柔比星、丙酸屈他雄酮(dromostanolone propionate)、表柔比星(epirubicin)、依伯汀α(epoetin alfa)、埃罗替尼(erlotinib)、雌莫司汀(estramustine)、磷酸依托泊苷、依托泊苷、依西美坦(exemestane)、非格司亭(filgrastim)、氟尿苷(floxuridine)、氟达拉宾(fludarabine)、氟维司群(fulvestrant)、吉非替尼、吉西他滨(gemcitabine)、吉妥珠单抗(gemtuzumab)、乙酸戈舍瑞林(goserelin acetate)、乙酸组氨瑞林(histrelin  acetate)、羟基脲(hydroxyurea)、替伊莫单抗(ibritumomab)、艾达霉素(idarubicin)、异环磷酰胺(ifosfamide)、甲磺酸伊马替尼(imatinib mesylate)、干扰素α-2a、干扰素α-2b、伊立替康(irinotecan)、来那度胺(lenalidomide)、来曲唑(letrozole)、甲酰四氢叶酸(leucovorin)、乙酸亮丙立德(leuprolide acetate)、左旋咪唑(levamisole)、洛莫司汀(lomustine)、乙酸甲地孕酮(megestrol acetate)、美法仑(melphalan)、巯嘌呤(mercaptopurine)、6-MP、巯乙磺酸钠(mesna)、甲氨蝶呤、补骨脂素(methoxsalen)、丝裂霉素C(mitomycin C)、米托坦(mitotane)、米托蒽醌(mitoxantrone)、诺龙(nandrolone)、奈拉滨(nelarabine)、诺非单抗(nofetumomab)、奥普瑞白介素(oprelvekin)、奥沙利铂(oxaliplatin)、太平洋紫杉醇、帕利夫明(palifermin)、帕米膦酸盐(pamidronate)、培加酶(pegademase)、培门冬酶(pegaspargase)、乙二醇化非格司亭(pegfilgrastim)、培美曲塞二钠(pemetrexed disodium)、喷司他汀(pentostatin)、哌泊溴烷(pipobroman)、普卡霉素(plicamycin)、卟吩姆钠(porfimer sodium)、丙卡巴肼(procarbazine)、奎纳克林(quinacrine)、拉布立酶(rasburicase)、利妥昔单抗(rituximab)、沙格司亭(sargramostim)、索拉非尼(sorafenib)、链脲霉素(streptozocin)、顺丁烯二酸舒尼替尼(sunitinib maleate)、滑石、他莫西芬(tamoxifen)、替莫唑胺(temozolomide)、替尼泊苷、VM-26、睾内酯(testolactone)、硫鸟嘌呤(thioguanine)、6-TG、噻替派(thiotepa)、拓朴替康、托瑞米芬(toremifene)、托西莫单抗(tosimmomab)、曲妥珠单抗(trastuzumab)、维甲酸(tretinoin)、ATRA、尿嘧啶氮芥(uracil mustard)、伐柔比星(valrubicin)、长春碱、长春新碱(vincristine)、长春瑞滨(vinorelbine)、唑来膦酸盐(zoledronate)或唑来膦酸(zoledronic acid)。In some embodiments, a compound of the invention or a composition thereof can be administered in combination with any one or more anti-proliferative or chemotherapeutic agents selected from the group consisting of: abarelix, aldileukin (aldesleukin), alemtuzumab, alitretinoin, allopurinol, altretamine, amifostine, anastrozole, arsenic trioxide, day Asparaginase, azacitidine, BCG Live, bevacuzimab, fluorouracil, bexarotene, bleomycin, bortezomib, white Busulfan, calbuterone, capecitabine, camptothecin, carboplatin, carmustine, celecoxib, cetuximab Antibiotic (cetuximab), chlorambucil, cladribine, clofarabine, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, actinomycin D, darbepoetin ( (darbepoetin alfa), daunorubicin, denilukin , dexrazoxane, docetaxel, doxorubicin, doxorubicin hydrochloride, dromostanolone propionate, epirubicin, ebertin alpha Epoetin alfa), erlotinib, estramustine, etoposide phosphate, etoposide, exemestane, filgrastim, fluururidine ), fludarabine, fulvestrant, gefitinib, gemcitabine, gemtuzumab, goserelin acetate, acetic acid ammonia Ruilin (histrelin Acetate), hydroxyurea, ibritumomab, idarubicin, ifosfamide, imatinib mesylate, interferon alpha- 2a, interferon alpha-2b, irinotecan, lenalidomide, letrozole, leucovorin, leuprolide acetate, left-handed Levamisole, lomustine, megestrol acetate, melphalan, mercaptopurine, 6-MP, sodium mesaconate (mesna), A Aminopterin, methoxsalen, mitomycin C, mitotane, mitoxantrone, nandrolone, nelarabine, Nofetumomab, oprelvekin, oxaliplatin, paclitaxel, palifermin, pamidronate, pegademase, Pegaspargase, pegfilgrastim, pemetrexed diso Ddium), pentostatin, pipobroman, plicamycin, porfimer sodium, procarbazine, quinacrine, Rasburyase, rituximab, sargramostim, sorafenib, streptozocin, sunitinib maleate (sunitinib maleate), talc, tamoxifen, temozolomide, teniposide, VM-26, testolactone, thioguanine, 6-TG, thiotepa (thiotepa), topotecan, toremifene, tosimmomab, trastuzumab, tretinoin, ATRA, uracil mustard ), valrubicin, vinblastine, vincristine, vinorelbine, zoledronate or zoledronic acid.
本发明化合物还可以组合的治疗剂的其它实例包括但不限于:用于阿尔茨海默氏病(Alzheimer′s Disease)的治疗剂,如盐酸多奈哌齐(donepezil hydrochloride)和雷斯替明(rivastigmine);用于帕金森氏病(Parkinson′s Disease)的治疗剂,如L-DOPA/卡比多巴(carbidopa)、恩他卡朋(entacapone)、罗匹尼洛(ropinrole)、普拉克索(pramipexole)、溴麦角环肽(bromocriptine)、培高利特(pergolide)、三己芬迪(trihexephendyl)以及三环癸胺(amantadine);用于多发性硬化症(Multiple Sclerosis;MS)的治疗剂,如β干扰素、乙酸格拉默(glatiramer acetate)和米托蒽醌;用于哮喘的治疗剂,如舒喘宁(albuterol)和孟鲁司特;用于精神分裂症的治疗剂,如再普乐(zyprexa)、理斯必妥(risperdal)、思瑞康(seroquel)以及氟哌啶醇(haloperidol);消炎剂,如皮质类固醇、TNF阻断剂、IL-1RA、硫唑嘌呤(azathioprine)、环磷酰胺以及柳氮磺胺吡啶(sulfasalazine);免疫调节剂和免疫抑制剂,如环孢素(cyclosporin)、他克莫司(tacrolimus)、雷帕霉素、霉酚酸吗啉乙酯(mycophenolate mofetil)、干扰素、皮质类固醇、环磷酰胺、硫唑嘌呤以及柳氮磺胺吡啶;神经营养因子,如乙酰胆碱酯酶抑制剂、MAO抑制剂、干扰素、抗惊厥剂、离子通道阻断剂、利鲁唑(riluzole)以及抗帕金森氏病剂;用于心血管疾病的治疗剂,如β阻断剂、ACE抑制剂、利尿剂、硝酸盐、钙离子通道阻断剂以及他汀类(statin);用于肝病的治疗剂,如皮质类固醇、消胆胺(cholestyramine)、干扰素以及抗病毒剂;用于血液病症的治疗剂,如皮质类固醇、抗白血病剂以及生长因子;以及用于免疫缺陷病症的治疗剂,如γ球蛋白。Other examples of therapeutic agents to which the compounds of the invention may also be combined include, but are not limited to, therapeutic agents for Alzheimer's Disease, such as donepezil hydrochloride and rivastigmine. ; therapeutic agents for Parkinson's Disease, such as L-DOPA/carbidopa, entacapone, ropinrole, pramipexole ( Pramipexole), bromocriptine, pergolide, trihexephendyl, and amantadine; a therapeutic agent for multiple sclerosis (MS), Such as beta interferon, glatiramer acetate and mitoxantrone; therapeutic agents for asthma, such as albuterol and montelukast; therapeutic agents for schizophrenia, such as Zyprexa, risperdal, seroquel, and haloperidol; anti-inflammatory agents such as corticosteroids, TNF blockers, IL-1RA, azathioprine , cyclophosphamide and sulfasalazine (sulfasalazi) Ne); immunomodulators and immunosuppressive agents, such as cyclosporin, tacrolimus, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, interferon, corticosteroids, Cyclophosphamide, azathioprine, and sulfasalazine; neurotrophic factors such as acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, MAO inhibitors, interferons, anticonvulsants, ion channel blockers, riluzole, and anti-par a drug for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases, such as a beta blocker, an ACE inhibitor, a diuretic, a nitrate, a calcium channel blocker, and a statin; a therapeutic agent for liver diseases, Such as corticosteroids, cholestyramine, interferon and antiviral agents; therapeutic agents for blood disorders such as corticosteroids, anti-leukemia agents and growth factors; and therapeutic agents for immunodeficiency disorders, such as gamma spheres protein.
那些其它活性剂可以与含有本发明化合物的组合物分开给药,作为多次给药方案的一部分。或者,那些活性剂可以是单一剂型的一部分,与本发明化合物一起混合在单一组合物中。如果作为多次给药方案的一部分给药,那么两种活性剂可以同时、依次或彼此间隔一段时间(通常彼此间隔在5小时以内)提供。 Those other active agents can be administered separately from the compositions containing the compounds of the invention as part of a multiple dosing regimen. Alternatively, those active agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed with a compound of the invention in a single composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosing regimen, the two active agents can be provided simultaneously, sequentially, or at intervals from one another (usually within 5 hours of each other).
治疗treatment
本发明提供了一种抑制蛋白酪氨酸激酶(如EGFR激酶)的方法或治疗疾病(如癌症、细胞增殖性疾病、炎症、感染、免疫性疾病、器官移植、病毒性疾病、心血管疾病或代谢性疾病)的方法,它包括步骤:给需要治疗的受试者给药本发明化合物,或其药学上可接受的盐、立体异构体、溶剂合物、水合物、晶型、前药或同位素变体,或给药本发明所述的药物组合物。The invention provides a method for inhibiting a protein tyrosine kinase (such as EGFR kinase) or treating a disease (such as cancer, cell proliferative disease, inflammation, infection, immune disease, organ transplantation, viral disease, cardiovascular disease or A method of metabolic disease comprising the steps of administering a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, solvate, hydrate, crystal form, prodrug thereof, to a subject in need of treatment Or an isotope variant, or a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
本发明化合物可用于治疗EGFR导致的癌症。尤其是,所述化合物可用于治疗表达EGFR突变体的EGFR导致的癌症和用于治疗对RTKI疗法(例如,厄洛替尼或吉非替尼)难治的EGFR导致的癌症。The compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment of cancer caused by EGFR. In particular, the compounds are useful for treating cancer caused by EGFR expressing an EGFR mutant and for treating cancer caused by EGFR that is refractory to RTKI therapy (eg, erlotinib or gefitinib).
本发明化合物是EGFR的至少一种突变体的抑制剂并且因此适用于治疗与一种或一种以上EGFR突变体(例如缺失突变、活化突变、抗性突变或其组合,具体实例包括T790M突变、L858R突变和L858R/T790M双突变)的活性相关的一种或一种以上病症。因此,在具体实施方案中,本发明提供一种治疗突变EGFR介导的病症的方法,其包含向有需要的患者给药本发明化合物,或其药学上可接受的盐、立体异构体、溶剂合物、水合物、晶型、前药或同位素变体,或给药本发明所述的药物组合物的步骤。The compounds of the invention are inhibitors of at least one mutant of EGFR and are therefore suitable for treatment with one or more EGFR mutants (eg, deletion mutations, activating mutations, resistance mutations, or combinations thereof, specific examples include T790M mutations, One or more disorders associated with the activity of the L858R mutation and the L858R/T790M double mutation. Accordingly, in a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a mutant EGFR mediated disorder comprising administering a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a stereoisomer thereof, to a patient in need thereof a solvate, hydrate, crystal form, prodrug or isotopic variation, or a step of administering a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
本发明化合物可治疗的癌症包括但不限于:非小细胞肺癌(NSCLS)、小细胞肺癌、肺腺癌、肺鳞癌、胰腺癌、乳腺癌、前列腺癌、肝癌、皮肤癌、上皮细胞癌、胃肠间质瘤、白血病、组织细胞性淋巴癌、鼻咽癌等过度增殖性疾病。此外,本发明化合物也可用于在需要此类治疗的患者中起到预防癌症复发的维持作用。Cancers treatable by the compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLS), small cell lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, liver cancer, skin cancer, epithelial cell carcinoma, Hyperproliferative diseases such as gastrointestinal stromal tumors, leukemia, histiocytic lymphoma, and nasopharyngeal carcinoma. In addition, the compounds of the invention may also be used to maintain the maintenance of cancer recurrence in patients in need of such treatment.
本发明化合物的有效量通常在平均日剂量为0.01mg至50mg化合物/千克患者体重,优选0.1mg至25mg化合物/千克患者体重,以单次或多次给药。通常,本发明化合物可向该有此治疗需要的患者以每位患者约1mg至约3500mg的日剂量范围给药,优选10mg至1000mg。例如,每位患者的日剂量可为10、20、30、40、50、60、70、80、90、100、150、200、250、300、350、400、500、600、700、800、900或1000mg。可每天、每周(或间隔数天)或以间歇时间表,给药一次或多次。例如,可在每周的基础上(例如每周一),每天给予所述化合物一次或多次,不定地或持续几周,例如4-10周。或者,可每天给药持续几天(例如2-10天),然后几天(例如1-30天)不给药所述化合物,不定地重复该循环或重复给定的次数,例如4-10个循环。例如,本发明化合物可每天给药持续5天,然后间断9天,然后再每天给药持续5天,然后间断9天,以此类推,不定地重复该循环或共重复4-10次。An effective amount of a compound of the invention will generally be administered in a single or multiple doses at an average daily dose of from 0.01 mg to 50 mg of compound per kilogram of patient body weight, preferably from 0.1 mg to 25 mg of compound per kilogram of patient body weight. In general, the compounds of the invention may be administered to a patient in need of such treatment in a daily dosage range of from about 1 mg to about 3500 mg per patient, preferably from 10 mg to 1000 mg. For example, the daily dose per patient can be 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900 or 1000 mg. It can be administered one or more times daily, weekly (or several days apart) or on an intermittent schedule. For example, the compound can be administered one or more times per day on a weekly basis (e.g., every Monday), continually or for several weeks, such as 4-10 weeks. Alternatively, the administration may be continued for several days (e.g., 2-10 days), followed by a few days (e.g., 1-30 days) without administration of the compound, and the cycle may be repeated indefinitely or repeated for a given number of times, such as 4-10 Cycles. For example, the compounds of the invention may be administered daily for 5 days, then intermittently for 9 days, then administered daily for 5 days, then intermittent for 9 days, and so on, optionally repeating the cycle or repeating 4-10 times.
当RTKI(例如,厄洛替尼或吉非替尼)与本发明化合物组合使用时,该组合疗法的各个成分可以以它们单一疗法的剂量水平和方案给药。例如,厄洛替尼,对于治疗NSCLC,已经以每天150mg口服给药,对于胰腺癌,已经以每天100mg口服给药。在另一实例中,吉非替尼对于治疗NSCLC已经以每天250mg口服给药。When an RTKI (e.g., erlotinib or gefitinib) is used in combination with a compound of the invention, the individual components of the combination therapy can be administered at their dosage level and regimen for monotherapy. For example, erlotinib has been orally administered at a dose of 150 mg per day for the treatment of NSCLC, and has been orally administered at a dose of 100 mg per day for pancreatic cancer. In another example, gefitinib has been orally administered at a dose of 250 mg per day for the treatment of NSCLC.
优选地,当RTKI(例如,厄洛替尼或吉非替尼)与本发明化合物组合使用,其一种或两种成分的剂量水平相比于单独使用时降低。 Preferably, when RTKI (e.g., erlotinib or gefitinib) is used in combination with a compound of the invention, the dosage level of one or both components is reduced compared to when used alone.
实施例Example
提供以下实施例以便为本领域技术人员提供如何进行、制备和评估本文请求保护的方法和化合物的完整公开和说明,旨在仅仅示例本发明而非限制发明人认为的发明范围。The following examples are provided to provide a person skilled in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how to make, prepare and evaluate the methods and compounds claimed herein, and are intended to be merely illustrative of the invention and not to limit the scope of the invention.
合成方法resolve resolution
本发明化合物可按照本领域常规方法,并使用合适的试剂、原料和本领域技术人员已知的纯化方法制备。The compounds of the present invention can be prepared according to conventional methods in the art and using suitable reagents, starting materials, and purification methods known to those skilled in the art.
方案1plan 1
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000011
方案1例示了中间体的制备。具体地,可以通过以下步骤制备所述中间体:将5-取代的2,4-二氯嘧啶(其可市购获得,或由已知的原料经本领域熟知的反应获得)与经保护的3-取代的苯胺在典型的偶联条件下偶联,脱除保护基,然后将中间体与取代的丙烯酸或其衍生物(例如丙烯酰氯)偶联,得到中间体。Scheme 1 illustrates the preparation of intermediates. Specifically, the intermediate can be prepared by the following steps: 5-substituted 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (which is commercially available or obtained from known starting materials by reactions well known in the art) and protected The 3-substituted aniline is coupled under typical coupling conditions, the protecting group is removed, and the intermediate is then coupled with a substituted acrylic acid or a derivative thereof (e.g., acryloyl chloride) to provide an intermediate.
方案2Scenario 2
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000012
方案2例示了另一中间体的几种制备。具体地,可以通过以下步骤制备所述中间体:将2-取代的4-卤素硝基苯(其可市购获得,或由已知的原料经本领域熟知的反应获得)经偶联反应,还原反应,得到中间体;或者将3-取代的4-硝基苯甲酸(酯)经还原、卤化、偶联、还原,得到中间体。Scheme 2 illustrates several preparations of another intermediate. Specifically, the intermediate can be prepared by subjecting a 2-substituted 4-halonitrobenzene (which is commercially available or obtained from a known raw material by a reaction well known in the art) to a coupling reaction, The reduction reaction is carried out to obtain an intermediate; or the 3-substituted 4-nitrobenzoic acid (ester) is reduced, halogenated, coupled, and reduced to obtain an intermediate.
方案3 Option 3
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000013
方案3例示了式(I)化合物的制备。具体地,可通过方案1和方案2制备的中间体经偶联反应制得。Scheme 3 illustrates the preparation of a compound of formula (I). Specifically, the intermediates which can be prepared by the schemes 1 and 2 are obtained by a coupling reaction.
下面更具体地描述本发明式(I)化合物的制备方法,但这些具体方法不对本发明构成任何限制。本发明化合物还可以任选将在本说明书中描述的或本领域已知的各种合成方法组合起来而方便地制得,这样的组合可由本发明所属领域的技术人员容易地进行。The preparation of the compound of the formula (I) of the present invention is more specifically described below, but these specific methods do not constitute any limitation to the present invention. The compounds of the present invention may also be conveniently prepared by combining various synthetic methods described in the specification or known in the art, and such combinations are readily made by those skilled in the art to which the present invention pertains.
通常,在制备中,各反应通常在惰性溶剂中,在室温至回流温度(如0℃~100℃,优选0℃~80℃)进行。反应时间通常为0.1小时-60小时,优选0.5-24小时。Usually, in the preparation, each reaction is usually carried out in an inert solvent at room temperature to reflux temperature (e.g., 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 80 ° C). The reaction time is usually from 0.1 to 60 hours, preferably from 0.5 to 24 hours.
实施例1Example 1
N-(3-((2-((4-(1-乙酰哌啶-4-基)氧基)-2-甲氧基苯基、)氨基)-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基、)氨基、)苯基)丙烯N-(3-((2-(4-(1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-2-methoxyphenyl))amino)-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidine- 4-based, amino, phenyl) propylene 酰胺Amide
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000014
步骤1:step 1:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000015
4-羟基哌啶-1-甲酸叔丁酯(4.70g,23.3mmol),4-氟-2-甲氧基硝基苯(2g,11.6mmol),四丁基溴化铵(0.754g,2.34mmol)和氢氧化钾水溶液在甲苯中于60℃搅拌过夜。使反应混合物恢复到室温,用水稀释后以乙酸乙酯萃取。收集的有机相干燥后利用柱色谱纯化分离得黄色油状产物4-(3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯氧基)哌啶-1-甲酸叔丁酯(3.73g,91%产率)。1HNMR(300MHz,CDCl3)(δ/ppm):8.01(d,J=9.6Hz,1H),6.56-6.49(m,2H),4.61-4.57(m,1H),3.96(s,3H),3.75-3.67(m,2H),3.44-3.36(m,2H),2.01-1.94(m,2H),1.84-1.76(m,2H),1.45(s,9H)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=353.2(M+1)+,纯度:97.6%。4-Hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (4.70 g, 23.3 mmol), 4-fluoro-2-methoxynitrobenzene (2 g, 11.6 mmol), tetrabutylammonium bromide (0.754 g, 2.34) Methyl) and potassium hydroxide aqueous solution were stirred in toluene at 60 ° C overnight. The reaction mixture was returned to room temperature, diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The collected organic phase was dried and purified by flash chromatography eluting elut elut elut elut elut elut . 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) (δ/ppm): 8.01 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.56-6.49 (m, 2H), 4.61-4.57 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H) , 3.75-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.44 - 3.36 (m, 2H), 2.01-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 353.2 (M + 1) +, purity: 97.6%.
步骤2:Step 2:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000016
将4-(3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯氧基)哌啶-1-甲酸叔丁酯(0.5g,1.42mmol)加入到装有乙醇(15mL)、水(5mL)混合物的三颈烧瓶中,然后连续加入铁粉(0.48g,8.51mmol)和氯化铵(38mg,0.71mmol)并搅拌1h,低压旋蒸除去乙醇后,加入水,并用二氯甲烷萃取,收集有机相,旋干得浅棕色油状产物4-(4-氨基-3-甲氧基-苯氧基)哌啶-1-甲酸叔丁酯(0.25g,产率56.7%)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=323.2(M+1)+,纯度:90.5%。4-(3-Methoxy-4-nitrophenoxy)piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.5 g, 1.42 mmol) was added to a mixture of ethanol (15 mL) and water (5 mL) In a flask, iron powder (0.48 g, 8.51 mmol) and ammonium chloride (38 mg, 0.71 mmol) were successively added and stirred for 1 h. After evaporation of ethanol under reduced pressure, water was added and extracted with dichloromethane. The product was obtained as a light brown oil (4-(4-amino-3-methoxy-phenoxy)piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.25 g, yield 56.7%). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 323.2 (M + 1) +, purity: 90.5%.
步骤3:Step 3:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000017
向配有磁力搅拌、N2球、温度计的50mL三口瓶中加入正丁醇(9mL),冰水浴冷却,保持内温不超过5℃,加入3-氨基苯基)氨基甲酸叔丁酯(0.96g,4.6mmol),缓慢滴加入2,4-二氯-5-三氟甲基嘧啶(1.0g,4.6mmol),然后N,N-二异丙基乙基胺(0.67g,5.5mmol)缓慢滴入反应液,加毕,混合液冰水浴搅拌1h,常温下搅拌4h,生成的大量白色固体过滤,正丁醇(2mL)洗涤,抽干,50℃真空干燥得该白色固体1.4g,收率78.3%。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)(δ/ppm):9.53(s,1H),9.46(s,1H),8.57(s,1H),7.58(s,1H),7.28-7.26(m,2H),7.04-7.01(m,1H),1.48(s,9H),LC-MS(APCI):m/z=389.1(M+1)+,纯度:97%。Add n-butanol (9 mL) to a 50 mL three-necked flask equipped with magnetic stirring, N 2 ball, thermometer, and cool in an ice water bath, keep the internal temperature not exceeding 5 ° C, and add tert-butyl 3-aminophenyl)carbamate (0.96). g, 4.6 mmol), 2,4-dichloro-5-trifluoromethylpyrimidine (1.0 g, 4.6 mmol) was added dropwise, then N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.67 g, 5.5 mmol) The reaction mixture was slowly added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour in an ice water bath. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours, and a large amount of white solid was filtered, washed with n-butanol (2 mL), dried, and dried at 50 ° C to give a white solid. The yield was 78.3%. 1 H NMR (400MHz, DMSO- d6) (δ / ppm): 9.53 (s, 1H), 9.46 (s, 1H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.28-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.04-7.01 (m, 1H), 1.48 (s, 9H), LC-MS (APCI): m/z = 389.1 (M+1) + , purity: 97%.
步骤4:Step 4:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000018
100mL三口烧瓶中加入二氯甲烷(15mL),搅拌下加入(3-((2-氯-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)氨基甲酸叔丁酯(1.0g,2.57mmol),冰水浴冷却,滴加入三氟醋酸(3mL),拆去冰浴,N2氛下常温搅拌反应1h。再次加入二氯甲烷(50mL),冰盐浴冷却下滴加入三乙胺(5.6mL,40.4mmol)中和三氟醋酸,混合物冷却到-10℃,氮气气氛下缓慢滴加入丙烯酰氯(0.27g,3mmol),保温搅拌5min。加入H2O(100mL)淬灭反应,分出有机层,依次用水(100mL x 2)、0.5M HCl(aq.,15mL)、饱和碳酸氢钠水液(15mL)洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液浓缩,残留物过硅胶柱(100-200目,石油醚∶乙酸乙酯=3∶1)得标题化合物0.6g,两步收率68.1%。1HNMR(300MHz,DMSO-d6)δ(ppm):10.25(s,1H),9.59(s,1H),8.59(s,1H),7.80-1.79(m,1H),7.51(d,J=7.8Hz,1H),7.36(t,J=7.8Hz,1H),7.14(d,J=7.8Hz,1H),6.50-6.41(m,1H),6.30-6.23(m,1H),5.77(dd,J=9.3Hz,2.1Hz,1H).LC-MS(APCI):m/z=343.1(M+1)+,纯度:98%。Dichloromethane (15 mL) was added to a 100 mL three-necked flask, and (3-((2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)phenyl)carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1.0) was added with stirring. g, 2.57 mmol), cooled in an ice water bath, trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL) was added dropwise, the ice bath was removed, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h under N 2 atmosphere. Dichloromethane (50 mL) was added again, and triethylamine (5.6 mL, 40.4 mmol) was added dropwise to the trifluoroacetic acid. The mixture was cooled to -10 ° C, and acryloyl chloride (0.27 g) was slowly added dropwise under a nitrogen atmosphere. , 3mmol), stir for 5min. Add H 2 O (100mL) to quench the reaction, the organic layer was separated, washed successively with water (100mL x 2), 0.5M HCl (aq., 15mL), washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (15 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated. EtOAcjjjjjjjjj 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ (ppm): 10.25 (s, 1H), 9.59 (s, 1H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 7.80-1.79 (m, 1H), 7.51 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.50-6.41 (m, 1H), 6.30-6.23 (m, 1H), 5.77 ( Dd, J = 9.3 Hz, 2.1 Hz, 1H). LC-MS (APCI): m/z = 343.1 (M + 1) + , purity: 98%.
步骤5:Step 5:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000019
将N-(3-(2-氯-5-三氟甲基嘧啶-4-基氨基)苯基)丙烯酰胺(0.21g,0.62mmol)和三氟乙酸(三滴)加入 到4-(4-氨基-3-甲氧基-苯氧基)哌啶-1-甲酸叔丁酯(0.2g,0.62mmol)的1,4-二氧六环溶液中,加入至60℃,搅拌3h。待反应液温度冷却至室温后,加入3滴三乙胺,减压蒸馏,粗产品经柱色谱(PE∶EA=4∶1)分离得白色固体产物(240mg,产率61.3%)。1HNMR(300MHz,DMSO-d6)(δ/ppm):10.15(s,1H),8.69(br s,1H),8.29(s,1H),8.16(s,1H),7.75(br s,1H),7.53-7.48(m,2H),7.25(t,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.16-7.15(m,1H),6.58(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),6.49-6.40(m,1H),8.29-8.22(m,2H),5.76(dd,J=9.9Hz,2.4Hz,1H),4.46-4.44(m,1H),3.75(s,3H),3.67-3.62(m,3H),3.30-3.18(m,2H),1.85-1.83(m,2H),1.50-1.45(m,2H),1.41(s,9H)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=629.2(M+1)+,纯度:95.6%。Add N-(3-(2-chloro-5-trifluoromethylpyrimidin-4-ylamino)phenyl)acrylamide (0.21 g, 0.62 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (three drops) to 4-(4) -Amino-3-methoxy-phenoxy)piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.2 g, 0.62 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane solution was added to 60 ° C and stirred for 3 h. After the temperature of the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, 3 ml of triethylamine was added, and the residue was evaporated to dryness, and the crude product was purified by column chromatography (PE: EA = 4:1) to afford white product (240 mg, yield: 61.3%). 1 HNMR (300MHz, DMSO-d 6) (δ / ppm): 10.15 (s, 1H), 8.69 (br s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.75 (br s, 1H), 7.53-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.25 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.15 (m, 1H), 6.58 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.49-6.40 (m , 1H), 8.29-8.22 (m, 2H), 5.76 (dd, J = 9.9 Hz, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.46-4.44 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.67-3.62 (m, 3H), 3.30-3.18 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.41 (s, 9H). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 629.2 (M + 1) +, purity: 95.6%.
步骤6:Step 6:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000020
将三氟乙酸(2mL)加入到4-(4-(4-(3-丙烯酰胺苯氨基)-5-三氟甲基嘧啶-2-基氨基)-3-甲氧基苯氧基)哌啶-1-甲酸叔丁酯(200mg)的二氯甲烷(15mL)溶液中,搅拌2h。旋干,直接用于下一步。Adding trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) to 4-(4-(4-(3-acrylamidophenyl)-5-trifluoromethylpyrimidin-2-ylamino)-3-methoxyphenoxy)per A solution of tert-butyl pyridine-1-carboxylate (200 mg) in dichloromethane (15 mL) Spin dry and use directly in the next step.
步骤7:Step 7:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000021
将三乙胺(60mg,0.6mmol)加入至N-(3-(2-(2-甲氧基-4-(哌啶-4-基氧基)苯氨基)-5-三氟甲基嘧啶-4-基氨基)苯基)丙烯酰胺(0.1g,0.19mmol)的二氯甲烷(10mL)溶液中,冷却至0℃,在氮气气氛下加入Ac2O(25mg,0.25mmol),搅拌10min后加入水,用二氯甲烷萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥后旋干,过柱得白色固体产物N-(3-((2-((4-(1-乙酰哌啶-4-基)氧基)-2-甲氧基苯基)氨基)-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)丙烯酰胺(60mg,产率55%)。1H NMR(300MHz,DMSO-d6)(δ/ppm):10.16(s,1H),8.67(br s,1H),8.29(s,1H),8.18(s,1H),7.75(br s,1H),7.52-7.48(m,2H),7.25(t,J=8.4Hz,1H),7.16(br s,1H),8.59(d,J=2.7Hz,1H),6.49-6.40(m,1H),6.29-6.22(m,2H),6.76(dd,J=9.9Hz,2.4Hz,1H),4.51-4.49(m,1H),3.84-3.81(m,1H),3.77(s,3H),3.66-3.63(m,1H),3.30-3.23(m,2H),2.02(s,3H),1.86-1.81(m,2H),1.58-1.55(m,2H)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=571.2(M+1)+,纯度:97.5%。Add triethylamine (60 mg, 0.6 mmol) to N-(3-(2-(2-methoxy-4-(piperidin-4-yloxy)phenylamino)-5-trifluoromethylpyrimidine 4-ylamino) phenyl) acrylamide (0.1g, 0.19mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL), cooled to 0 deg.] C, under nitrogen atmosphere was added Ac 2 O (25mg, 0.25mmol), stirred for 10min After adding water, it is extracted with dichloromethane, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and then dried, and then filtered to afford white product N-(3-((4-(1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy) 2-(2-methoxyphenyl)amino)-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)phenyl)acrylamide (60 mg, yield 55%). 1 H NMR (300MHz, DMSO- d 6) (δ / ppm): 10.16 (s, 1H), 8.67 (br s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.75 (br s , 1H), 7.52-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.25 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (br s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 6.49-6.40 (m , 1H), 6.29-6.22 (m, 2H), 6.76 (dd, J = 9.9 Hz, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.51-4.49 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.66-3.63 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.23 (m, 2H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 1.86-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.55 (m, 2H). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 571.2 (M + 1) +, purity: 97.5%.
实施例2Example 2
N-(3-((2-((4-(1-乙酰哌啶-4-基)氨基)-2-甲氧基苯基)氨基)-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)丙烯N-(3-((2-(4-(1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)amino)-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidine-4- Amino)phenyl)propene 酰胺Amide
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000022
步骤1:step 1:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000023
合成步骤与实施例1步骤1相同,得到产物4-(3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯基氨基)哌啶-1-甲酸叔丁酯(0.96g,产率:93.6%)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=352(M+1)+,纯度:95.1%。The synthesis procedure was the same as in the step 1 of Example 1 to give the product 4-(3-methoxy-4-nitrophenylamino)piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.96 g, yield: 93.6%). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 352 (M + 1) +, purity: 95.1%.
步骤2:Step 2:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000024
合成步骤与实施例1步骤2相同,得到深蓝色油状产物4-(4-氨基-3-甲氧基苯基氨基)哌啶-1-甲酸叔丁酯(0.19g,产率:91%),直接用于下一步。The synthesis procedure was the same as in the step 2 of Example 1 to give the crude product of 4-(4-amino-3-methoxyphenylamino)piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.19 g, yield: 91%). , used directly in the next step.
步骤3:Step 3:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000025
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000025
合成步骤与实施例1步骤3相同,得到白色固体产物4-((4-((4-(3-丙烯酰胺苯氨基)-5-三氟甲基嘧啶-2-基)氨基-3-甲氧基苯基)氨基)哌啶-1-甲酸叔丁酯(89mg,产率:54.6%)。The synthesis procedure was the same as in Step 3 of Example 1 to give 4-((4-(4-(3-acrylamidophenylamino)-5-trifluoromethylpyrimidin-2-yl)amino-3-methyl as a white solid. Tert-butyl oxyphenyl)amino)piperidine-1-carboxylate (89 mg, yield: 54.6%).
步骤4:Step 4:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000026
合成步骤与实施例1步骤4相同,得到产物N-(3-(2-(2-甲氧基-4-(哌啶-4-基氨基)苯基)氨基)-5-三氟甲基嘧啶-2-基)氨基)苯基)丙烯酰胺,直接用于下一步。The synthesis procedure was the same as in Step 4 of Example 1 to give the product N-(3-(2-(2-methoxy-4-(piperidin-4-ylamino)phenyl)amino)-5-trifluoromethyl Pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)phenyl)acrylamide was used directly in the next step.
步骤5: Step 5:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000027
合成步骤与实施例1步骤5相同,得到产物N-(3-((2-((4-(1-乙酰哌啶-4-基)氨基)-2-甲氧基苯基)氨基)-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)丙烯酰胺(48mg,产率:60.3%)。1H NMR(300MHz,DMSO-d6)(δ/ppm):10.25(s,1H),8.45(br s,1H),8.23(s,1H),8.10(s,1H),7.65(br s,1H),7.52-7.49(m,1H),7.26-7.22(m,3H),6.54-6.45(m,1H),6.29-6.22(m,2H),6.05-6.90(m,1H),5.77-5.74(m,1H),5.40-5.37(m,1H),4.22-4.18(m,1H),3.78-3.82(m,1H),3.68(s,3H),3.24-3.15(m,1H),2.86-2.79(m,1H),2.00(s,3H),1.93-1.85(m,2H),1.30-1.25(m,3H)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=570.1(M+1)+,纯度:95.6%。The synthesis procedure was the same as in Step 5 of Example 1, to give the product N-(3-((2-(1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)amino)-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)- 5-(Trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)phenyl)acrylamide (48 mg, yield: 60.3%). 1 H NMR (300MHz, DMSO- d 6) (δ / ppm): 10.25 (s, 1H), 8.45 (br s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.65 (br s , 1H), 7.52-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.22 (m, 3H), 6.54-6.45 (m, 1H), 6.29-6.22 (m, 2H), 6.05-6.90 (m, 1H), 5.77 -5.74(m,1H),5.40-5.37(m,1H),4.22-4.18(m,1H),3.78-3.82(m,1H),3.68(s,3H),3.24-3.15(m,1H) , 2.86-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.93-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.25 (m, 3H). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 570.1 (M + 1) +, purity: 95.6%.
实施例3Example 3
N-(3-((2-((4-(1-乙酰基-1,2,3,6-四氢吡啶-4-基)-2-甲氧基苯基)氨基)-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)N-(3-((2-(4-(1-acetyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)-5-( Trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)amino) 苯基)丙烯酰胺Phenyl)acrylamide
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000028
步骤1:step 1:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000029
将PdCl2(dppf)2(422mg,0.052mmol)加入至4-溴-2-甲氧基硝基苯(2.0g,8.62mmol)、4-(4,4,5,5-四甲基-1,3,2-二氧杂硼杂环戊烷-2-基)-1,2,5,6-四氢吡啶-1-甲酸叔丁酯和K2CO3(3.57g,19.38mmol)的1,4-二氧六环(40mL)溶液中,在氮气气氛下加热至90℃并搅拌14h。倾入水(150mL)后用二氯甲烷(50mL x 3)萃取,旋干,过柱得黄色固体产物4-(3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯基)-1,2,5,6-四氢吡啶-1-甲酸叔丁酯(1.6g,产率:56%)。1H NMR(300MHz,CDCl3)(δ/ppm):7.87(d,J=9Hz,1H),7.03-7.00(m,2H),6.19(s,1H),4.13(t,J=3Hz,2H),3.99(s,3H),3.67(t,J=6Hz,2H),1.53(s,9H)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=335.2(M+1)+,纯度:94.6%。Add PdCl 2 (dppf) 2 (422 mg, 0.052 mmol) to 4-bromo-2-methoxynitrobenzene (2.0 g, 8.62 mmol), 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- 1,3,2-Dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester and K 2 CO 3 (3.57 g, 19.38 mmol) In a solution of 1,4-dioxane (40 mL), it was heated to 90 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere and stirred for 14 h. After pouring into water (150 mL), it was extracted with dichloromethane (50 mL×3), and then evaporated to dryness to give a yellow solid product 4-(3-methoxy-4-nitrophenyl)-1,2,5,6 - Tetrahydropyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (1.6 g, yield: 56%). 1 H NMR (300MHz, CDCl 3 ) (δ / ppm): 7.87 (d, J = 9Hz, 1H), 7.03-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.19 (s, 1H), 4.13 (t, J = 3Hz, 2H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.67 (t, J = 6 Hz, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 335.2 (M + 1) +, purity: 94.6%.
步骤2:Step 2:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000030
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000030
具体操作步骤同实施例1的步骤4,不用分离,得到产物4-(3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯基)-1,2,3,6-四氢吡啶:LC-MS(APCI):m/z=235.3(M+1)+,纯度:93.4%。The specific procedure was the same as in Step 4 of Example 1, without isolation, to give the product 4-(3-methoxy-4-nitrophenyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine: LC-MS (APCI ): m/z = 235.3 (M + 1) + , purity: 93.4%.
步骤3: Step 3:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000031
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000031
将三乙胺(181.4mg,1.79mmol)和乙酸酐(91.5mg,896μmol)加到上一步的反应混合物中,在室温下搅拌30min,旋干,过柱(DCM∶MeOH=40∶1~20∶1)得黄色油状产物1-(4-(3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯基)-1,2,5,6-四氢吡啶-1-基)乙酮(150mg,产率:90.9%)。1HNMR(300MHz,CDCl3)(δ/ppm):7.89(d,J=8.7Hz,1H),7.05-7.00(m,2H),6.25-6.16(m,1H),4.32-4.18(m,2H),4.00(s,3H),3.88-3.69(m,2H),2.64-2.62(m,2H)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=277.3(M+1)+,纯度:98.9%。Add triethylamine (181.4 mg, 1.79 mmol) and acetic anhydride (91.5 mg, 896 μmol) to the reaction mixture of the previous step, stir at room temperature for 30 min, spin dry, and pass the column (DCM:MeOH = 40:1 - 20 :1) Yield of 1-(4-(3-methoxy-4-nitrophenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-1-yl)ethanone as a yellow oil (150 mg, yield : 90.9%). 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) (δ / ppm): 7.89 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.05-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.25-6.16 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.18 (m, 2H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.88-3.69 (m, 2H), 2.64 - 2.62 (m, 2H). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 277.3 (M + 1) +, purity: 98.9%.
步骤4:Step 4:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000032
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000032
将1N HCl水溶液(3滴)加入至1-(4-(3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯基)-1,2,5,6-四氢吡啶-1-基)乙酮(150mg,542.9μmol)和铁粉(182mg,3.26mmol)的乙醇(10mL)溶液中,在95℃下回流2h,旋干的棕色油状物,将其溶于二氯甲烷中,用水、盐水洗涤一次,收集有机相旋干的黄黑色油状产物1-(4-(3-甲氧基-4-氨基苯基)-1,2,5,6-四氢吡啶-1-基)乙酮。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=247.2(M+1)+,纯度:94.6%。Add 1N aqueous HCl (3 drops) to 1-(4-(3-methoxy-4-nitrophenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-1-yl)ethanone (150 mg , 542.9 μmol) and a solution of iron powder (182 mg, 3.26 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL), refluxed at 95 ° C for 2 h, dried over a brown oil, dissolved in dichloromethane, washed with water and brine. The organic phase-dried yellow-black oily product 1-(4-(3-methoxy-4-aminophenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-1-yl)ethanone was collected. LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 247.2 (M + 1) +, purity: 94.6%.
步骤5:Step 5:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000033
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000033
将三氟乙酸(三滴)加入至1-(4-(3-甲氧基-4-氨基苯基)-1,2,5,6-四氢吡啶-1-基)乙酮(133mg,540μmol)与N-(3-((2-氯-5-三氟甲基嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)丙烯酰胺(185mg,540μmol)的1,4-二氧六环(5mL)溶液中,在60℃下搅拌2h后,滴加三乙胺调节至中性,二氯甲烷萃取后,旋干过柱(DCM∶MeOH=40∶1),得到白色固体产物N-(3-((2-((4-(1-乙酰基-1,2,3,6-四氢吡啶-4-基)-2-甲氧基苯基)氨基)-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)丙烯酰胺(90mg,产率:30.2%)。1HNMR(300MHz,CDCl3)(δ/ppm):8.32(s,1H),8.18(s,1H),7.89-7.79(m,2H),7.64-7.51(m,2H),7.38-7.34(m,1H),7.24-7.20(m,1H),6.90-6.75(m,3H),6.43(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),6.22-6.15(m,1H),6.01-5.94(d,J=18Hz,1H),5.75(d,J=6.3Hz,1H),4.23-4.11(m,2H),3.90(s,3H),3.80(t,J=3.2Hz,1H),3.64(t,J=3.2Hz,1H),2.52(d,J=13.5Hz,2H),2.17-2.14(m,3H)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=553.3(M+1)+,纯度:97.8%。Trifluoroacetic acid (three drops) was added to 1-(4-(3-methoxy-4-aminophenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-1-yl)ethanone (133 mg, 540 μmol) and N-(3-((2-chloro-5-trifluoromethylpyrimidin-4-yl)amino)phenyl)acrylamide (185 mg, 540 μmol) of 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) After stirring at 60 ° C for 2 h, triethylamine was added dropwise to adjust to neutrality. After dichloromethane extraction, the column was dried (DCM:MeOH = 40:1) to afford white product N-(3- ((2-(4-(1-acetyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)-5-(trifluoromethyl) Pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)phenyl)acrylamide (90 mg, yield: 30.2%). 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) (δ/ppm): 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.89-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.64-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.34 ( m, 1H), 7.24-7.20 (m, 1H), 6.90-6.75 (m, 3H), 6.43 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.22 - 6.15 (m, 1H), 6.01-5.94 (d, J=18 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.23-4.11 (m, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.80 (t, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 3.64 (t) , J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 2.52 (d, J = 13.5 Hz, 2H), 2.17 - 2.14 (m, 3H). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 553.3 (M + 1) +, purity: 97.8%.
实施例4Example 4
N-(3-((2-((4-(1-乙酰哌啶-4-基)-2-甲氧基苯基)氨基)-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)丙烯酰胺N-(3-((2-(4-(1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl) Amino)phenyl)acrylamide
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000034
步骤1:step 1:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000035
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000035
氢气氛围下,将Pd/C(9mg)加入至1-(4-(3-甲氧基-4-氨基苯基)-1,2,5,6-四氢吡啶-1-基)乙酮(90mg,365μmol)的乙醇(10mL)溶液中,在室温下搅拌2h,过滤,旋干得到黄色油状产物1-(4-(3-甲氧基-4-氨基苯基)哌啶-1-基)乙酮(90mg,99.2%)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=249.4(M+1)+,纯度:95.1%。Pd/C (9 mg) was added to 1-(4-(3-methoxy-4-aminophenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-1-yl)ethanone under a hydrogen atmosphere. (90 mg, 365 μmol) in EtOAc (10 mL) EtOAc (EtOAc) Ethyl ketone (90 mg, 99.2%). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 249.4 (M + 1) +, purity: 95.1%.
步骤2:Step 2:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000036
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000036
合成步骤与实施例3步骤5相同,得到白色固体产物N-(3-((2-((4-(1-乙酰哌啶-4-基)-2-甲氧基苯基)氨基)-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)丙烯酰胺(60mg,产率:29.8%)。1H NMR(300MHz,CDCl3)(δ/ppm):8.32(s,1H),8.14(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),7.89(m,1H),7.76-7.71(m,2H),7.55(br s,1H),7.39-7.28(m,2H),6.91(s,1H),6.69(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),6.61(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),6.50-6.44(m,1H),6.30-6.21(dd,J=16.8Hz,10.2Hz,1H),5.80-5.76(dd,J=10.2Hz,1.5Hz,1H),4.81-4.76(m,1H),3.96-3.87(m,4H),3.21-3.11(m,1H),2.72-2.58(m,2H),2.14(s,3H),1.92-1.83(m,2H),1.66-1.56(m,2H)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=555.4(M+1)+,纯度:95.5%。The synthesis procedure was the same as in the step 5 of Example 3 to give the white solid product N-(3-((2-((4-(1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)) 5-(Trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)phenyl)acrylamide (60 mg, yield: 29.8%). 1 H NMR (300MHz, CDCl 3 ) (δ / ppm): 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, J = 8.4Hz, 1H), 7.89 (m, 1H), 7.76-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.55 (br s, 1H), 7.39-7.28 (m, 2H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 6.69 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.50- 6.44 (m, 1H), 6.30-6.21 (dd, J = 16.8 Hz, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 5.80-5.76 (dd, J = 10.2 Hz, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 4.81-4.76 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.87 (m, 4H), 3.21-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.58 (m, 2H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 1.92-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.56 (m, 2H) ). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 555.4 (M + 1) +, purity: 95.5%.
实施例5Example 5
N-(3-((2-((2-甲氧基-4-(4-(4-甲基哌嗪-1-基)哌啶-1-基)苯基氨基)-5-三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)N-(3-((2-((2-methylpiperazin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-5-trifluoro Methyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)phenyl) 丙烯酰胺Acrylamide
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000037
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000037
步骤1:step 1:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000038
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000038
将4-氟-2-甲氧基硝基苯(1.0g,5.84mmol)、1-甲基-4-(4-哌啶基)哌嗪(0.9g,7.0mmol),K2CO3(2.0g,14.6mmol)依次加入至一个装有4mL DMF的三颈烧瓶中,加热至80℃,搅拌过夜。反应液冷却至室温,用水稀释,乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥后旋干过柱,得到黄色固体产物1-(1-(3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯基)哌啶-4-基)-4-甲基哌嗪(1.0g,产率:51.1%)。1HNMR(300MHz,CDCl3)(δ/ppm):8.01(d,J=9.3Hz,1H),6.43(dd,J=9.6Hz,2.7Hz,1H),6.31(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),3.98-3.94(m,2H),3.87(s,3H),3.03-2.94(m,2H),2.65-2.62(m,4H),2.54-2.46(m,5H),2.32(s,3H),2.01-1.96(m,2H),1.65-1.60(m,2H),LC-MS(APCI):m/z=335.2(M+1)+;纯度:95.0%。4-Fluoro-2-methoxynitrobenzene (1.0 g, 5.84 mmol), 1-methyl-4-(4-piperidinyl)piperazine (0.9 g, 7.0 mmol), K 2 CO 3 ( 2.0 g, 14.6 mmol) were sequentially added to a three-necked flask containing 4 mL of DMF, heated to 80 ° C, and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water and evaporated with ethyl sulfate. 4-yl)-4-methylpiperazine (1.0 g, yield: 51.1%). 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) (δ / ppm): 8.01 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (dd, J = 9.6 Hz, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 6.31 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.98-3.94 (m, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.03-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.62 (m, 4H), 2.54-2.46 (m, 5H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.01-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.60 (m, 2H), LC-MS (APCI): m/z=335.2 (M+1)+; purity: 95.0%.
步骤2:Step 2:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000039
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000039
将1-(1-(3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯基)哌啶-4-基)-4-甲基哌嗪(0.2g,0.59mmol)加入至装有乙醇(6mL)和水(2mL)混合液的三颈烧瓶中,然后再一次加入铁粉(0.2g,3.58mmol)、氯化铵(16mg,0.29mmol),回流2h,待反应液冷却至室温后,旋干乙醇,加入饱和的NaHCO3(aq.,5mL),用二氯甲烷萃取,合并有机相并用无水硫酸钠干燥后旋干,得到浅棕色油状产物2-甲氧基-4-(4-(4-甲基哌嗪-1-基)哌啶-1-苯胺(180mg,产率:100%)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=305(M+1)+,纯度:90.3%。1-(1-(3-Methoxy-4-nitrophenyl)piperidin-4-yl)-4-methylpiperazine (0.2 g, 0.59 mmol) was added to ethanol (6 mL) and A three-necked flask of water (2 mL) was added, then iron powder (0.2 g, 3.58 mmol), ammonium chloride (16 mg, 0.29 mmol) was added again, and refluxed for 2 h. After the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, ethanol was evaporated. , saturated NaHCO 3 (aq., 5mL) , extracted with dichloromethane, the organic phases were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and rotary evaporation, to give a pale brown oily product of 2-methoxy-4- (4- (4 -Methylpiperazin-1-yl)piperidine-1-aniline (180 mg, yield: 100%). LC-MS (APCI): m/z = 305 (M+1) + , purity: 90.3%.
步骤3:Step 3:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000040
合成步骤与实施例3步骤5相同,得到白色固体产物(40mg,产率:11.1%)。1H NMR(300MHz,DMSO-d6)(δ/ppm):10.25(s,1H),8.45(br s,1H),8.23(s,1H),8.10(s,1H),7.65(br s,1H),7.52-7.49(m,1H),7.26-7.22(m,3H),6.54-6.45(m,1H),6.29-6.22(m,2H),6.05-6.90(m,1H),5.77-5.74(m,1H),3.77-3.72(m,2H),2.82-2.61(m,11H),2.48-2.34(m,3H),2.03(s,3H),1.91-1.85(m,2H),1.59-1.52(m,2H)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=611.1(M+1)+,纯度:94.5%。The synthesis procedure was the same as in the step 5 of Example 3 to give a white solid product (40 mg, yield: 11.1%). 1 H NMR (300MHz, DMSO- d 6) (δ / ppm): 10.25 (s, 1H), 8.45 (br s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.65 (br s , 1H), 7.52-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.22 (m, 3H), 6.54-6.45 (m, 1H), 6.29-6.22 (m, 2H), 6.05-6.90 (m, 1H), 5.77 -5.74(m,1H),3.77-3.72(m,2H),2.82-2.61(m,11H),2.48-2.34(m,3H),2.03(s,3H),1.91-1.85(m,2H) , 1.59-1.52 (m, 2H). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 611.1 (M + 1) +, purity: 94.5%.
实施例6Example 6
N-(3-((2-((2-甲氧基-4-(4-吗啉代哌啶-1-基)苯基)氨基)-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)丙烯酰N-(3-((2-(2-methoxy-4-(4-morpholinopiperidin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidine-4- Amino)phenyl)acryloyl amine
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000041
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000041
步骤1:step 1:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000042
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000042
将4-氟-2-甲氧基硝基苯(0.5g,2.92mmol)、4-哌啶基吗啉(0.6g,3.5mmol),K2CO3(0.54g,3.8mmol)依次加入至一个装有3mL DMF的三颈烧瓶中,氮气氛围下室温搅拌过夜。冷水(50mL)稀释,过滤,干燥后得到黄色固体产物4-(1-(3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯基)哌啶-4-基)吗啉(0.5g,产率53%)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=322.2(M+1)+,纯度:96.3%。4-Fluoro-2-methoxynitrobenzene (0.5 g, 2.92 mmol), 4-piperidinylmorpholine (0.6 g, 3.5 mmol), K 2 CO 3 (0.54 g, 3.8 mmol) A three-necked flask containing 3 mL of DMF was stirred at room temperature overnight under a nitrogen atmosphere. Diluted in cold water (50 mL), filtered and dried to give 4-(1-(3-methoxy-4-nitrophenyl)piperidin-4-yl)morpholine (0.5 g, yield 53%) ). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 322.2 (M + 1) +, purity: 96.3%.
步骤2:Step 2:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000043
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000043
合成步骤与实施例5步骤2相同,得到黄色固体产物(0.12g,产率67%)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=292.1(M+1)+,纯度:98%。The synthesis procedure was the same as in the step 2 of Example 5 to give the product as a yellow solid (0.12 g, yield 67%). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 292.1 (M + 1) +, purity: 98%.
步骤3:Step 3:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000044
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000044
合成步骤与实施例3步骤5相同,得到棕色固体产物(120mg,产率67%)。1H NMR(300MHz,CDCl3)(δ/ppm):8.29(s,1H),7.97(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),7.88(s,1H),7.49-7.53(m,2H),7.33(t,J=8.7Hz,1H),7.16-7.19(br,1H),6.87(s,1H),6.48-6.52(m,2H),6.37-6.42(m,2H),6.26(q,J=10.2Hz,1H),5.77(d,J=10.8Hz,1H),3.86(s,3H),3.77(s,4H),3.64(d,J=15.6Hz,2H),2.69(d,J=16Hz,2H),2.62(s,4H),2.33(t,J=7.8Hz,1H),1.96(d,J=6.3Hz,4H)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=598.3(M+1)+,纯度:97%。The synthesis procedure was the same as in the step 5 of Example 3 to give a brown solid product (120 mg, yield 67%). 1 H NMR (300MHz, CDCl 3 ) (δ / ppm): 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 8.4Hz, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.49-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.33 (t, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.19 (br, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 6.48-6.52 (m, 2H), 6.37-6.42 (m, 2H), 6.26 (q, J = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 5.77 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.77 (s, 4H), 3.64 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 2H), 2.69 (d, J = 16 Hz, 2H), 2.62 (s, 4H), 2.33 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 1.96 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 4H). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 598.3 (M + 1) +, purity: 97%.
实施例7Example 7
N-(3-((2-((4-(4-乙酰哌嗪-1-羰基)-2-甲氧基苯基)氨基)-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)丙烯酰N-(3-((2-(4-(4-acetylpiperazine-1-carbonyl)-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl) Amino)phenyl)acryloyl amine
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000045
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000045
步骤1: step 1:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000046
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000046
于0℃下,将草酰氯的二氯甲烷溶液(2.8ml,5.6mmol)逐滴加入3-甲氧基-4硝基苯甲酸(1.0g,5.1mmol)的四氢呋喃(14ml)溶液中,再加入数滴DMF。反应混合物在该温度下于氮气氛围中搅拌4h,恢复到室温,旋干得黄色产物1.2g,溶于5mL干燥的二氯甲烷中。将装有1-乙酰基哌嗪(0.85g,6.6mmol)的二氯甲烷溶液(15mL)的两颈烧瓶冷却至0℃,将三乙胺(1mL,7.7mmol)加入该混合液中,将上一步所得的二氯甲烷溶液缓慢滴加至该反应液中,搅拌30min,加水(20mL)淬灭,用二氯甲烷(15mL x 2)萃取,收集有机相,用无水硫酸钠干燥后,旋干过柱得产物N-1-(4-(3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯甲酰基)乙酰基哌嗪(1.1g,70.2%产率)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=308.1(M+1)+,纯度:95.1%。A solution of oxalyl chloride in dichloromethane (2.8 ml, 5.6 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 3-methoxy-4-nitrobenzoic acid (1.0 g, 5.1 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (14 ml) at 0 ° C Add a few drops of DMF. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 4 h, then cooled to room temperature and then evaporated to dryness. A two-necked flask containing 1-acetylpiperazine (0.85 g, 6.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL) was cooled to 0 ° C and triethylamine (1 mL, 7.7 mmol) was added to the mixture. The methylene chloride solution obtained in the previous step was slowly added dropwise to the reaction mixture, stirred for 30 min, quenched with water (20 mL), and extracted with dichloromethane (15 mL×2). The product was spin-dried to give the product N-1-(4-(3-methoxy-4-nitrobenzoyl)acetylpiperazine (1.1 g, 70.2% yield). LC-MS (APCI): m /z = 308.1 (M + 1) +, purity: 95.1%.
步骤2:Step 2:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000047
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000047
合成步骤与实施例1步骤2相同,得到黄色固体产物N-1-(4-(4-氨基-3-甲氧基苯甲酰基)乙酰基哌嗪(0.13g,产率:72%)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=278.2(M+1)+,纯度:98.3%。The synthesis procedure was the same as in the step 2 of Example 1 to give the product as a yellow solid, N-1-(4-(4-amino-3-methoxybenzoyl)acetylpiperazine (0.13 g, yield: 72%). LC-MS (APCI): m/z =278.2 (M+1)+, purity: 98.3%.
步骤3:Step 3:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000048
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000048
合成步骤与实施例3步骤5相同,得到棕色固体产物N-(3-((2-((4-(4-乙酰哌嗪-1-羰基)-2-甲氧基苯基)氨基)-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)丙烯酰胺(110mg,产率43%)。1H NMR(300MHz,CDCl3)(δ/ppm):10.23(s,1H),8.97(s,1H),8.39(s,1H),8.21(s,1H),7.86(t,J=8.1Hz,2H),7.54(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),7.35(t,J=7.8Hz,1H),7.15(d,J=1.2Hz,1H),7.02(d,J=1.8Hz,1H),6.65(d,J=6Hz,1H),6.43(dd,J=17.1Hz,9.9Hz,1H),6.34(dd,J=17.1Hz,1.8Hz,1H),5.76(s,1H),3.78(s,3H),3.24(s,3H),2.04(d,J=6Hz,4H),1.23-1.34(m,4H)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=584.2(M+1)+,纯度:97.6%。The synthesis procedure was the same as in the step 5 of Example 3 to give the brown solid product N-(3-((2-(4-(4-acetylpiperazine-1-carbonyl)-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)- 5-(Trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)phenyl)acrylamide (110 mg, yield 43%). 1 H NMR (300MHz, CDCl 3 ) (δ / ppm): 10.23 (s, 1H), 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.86 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, J = 6 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (dd, J = 17.1 Hz, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.34 (dd, J = 17.1 Hz, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.76 (s, 1H) , 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 2.04 (d, J = 6 Hz, 4H), 1.23-1.34 (m, 4H). LC-MS (APCI): m/z = 584.2 (M + 1) +, purity: 97.
实施例8Example 8
N-(3-((2-(4-(1-乙酰哌啶-4-亚甲基)-2-甲氧基苯基)氨基)-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)丙烯酰N-(3-((2-(4-(1-acetylpiperidin-4-methylene)-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl Amino)phenyl)acryloyl amine
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000049
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000049
步骤1:step 1:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000050
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000050
在氮气氛围下,将3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯甲酸(0.48g,1.66mmol)、甲醇(5mL)、硫酸(3mL)依次加入至单颈烧瓶中,回流2h。加水(30mL)稀释,继续加入二氯甲烷(30mL)搅拌5min,用二氯甲烷萃取,收集有机相,用无水硫酸钠干燥后,旋干过柱得到黄色油状产物(0.32g,产率91%)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=212(M+1)+,纯度:95.3%。3-methoxy-4-nitrobenzoic acid (0.48 g, 1.66 mmol), methanol (5 mL), and sulfuric acid (3 mL) were sequentially added to a one-neck flask under a nitrogen atmosphere and refluxed for 2 h. Diluted with water (30 mL), EtOAc (3 mL), EtOAc (EtOAc) %). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 212 (M + 1) +, purity: 95.3%.
步骤2:Step 2:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000051
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000051
在氮气氛围下,将3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯甲酸甲酯、四氢呋喃依次加入至50mL单颈烧瓶中,冷却至0℃,加入LiAlH4(0.16g),搅拌30min,加入十水合硫酸钠稀释,萃取旋干过柱得到棕色油状产物(3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯基)甲醇(2.5g,产率81%)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=184.1(M+1)+,纯度:98.1%。Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 3-methoxy-4-nitrobenzoate, 50mL of tetrahydrofuran were added to a single neck flask was cooled to 0 deg.] C, was added LiAlH 4 (0.16g), stirred for 30min, added decahydrate The mixture was diluted with sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness crystals crystals crystals LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 184.1 (M + 1) +, purity: 98.1%.
步骤3:Step 3:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000052
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000052
氮气氛围下,将(3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯基)甲醇(0.5g,2.73mmol)、二氯甲烷(20mL)依次加入一个搅拌的25mL单颈烧瓶中,冷却至0℃,缓慢加入三溴化磷(960mg,3.55mmol),在室温下搅拌3h。在反应混合物中加入水(30mL)和二氯甲烷(30mL)稀释,搅拌5min,用二氯甲烷萃取后收集有机相,用水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥后旋干过柱,得到黄色油状产物4-溴甲基-2-甲氧基硝基苯(0.37g,产率55%)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=246.1(M+1)+,纯度:94.8%。(3-methoxy-4-nitrophenyl)methanol (0.5 g, 2.73 mmol) and dichloromethane (20 mL) were placed in a stirred 25 mL one-neck flask and cooled to 0 ° C under nitrogen atmosphere. Phosphorus tribromide (960 mg, 3.55 mmol) was added slowly and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Water (30 mL) and dichloromethane (30 mL) were added to the mixture and the mixture was stirred for 5 min, and then extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was collected, washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate -Bromomethyl-2-methoxynitrobenzene (0.37 g, yield 55%). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 246.1 (M + 1) +, purity: 94.8%.
步骤4:Step 4:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000053
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000053
将4-溴甲基-2-甲氧基硝基苯(100mg,0.4mmol)和亚磷酸三乙酯(68mg,0.4mmol)加入至100mL单颈烧瓶中,加热至160℃,并在该温度下搅拌4h后冷却至室温,在冰水浴中搅拌1h,过滤收集滤液旋干得到黄色油状产物123mg,LC-MS(APCI):m/z=304(M+1)+,纯度:96.6%。4-Bromomethyl-2-methoxynitrobenzene (100 mg, 0.4 mmol) and triethyl phosphite (68 mg, 0.4 mmol) were added to a 100 mL one-necked flask, heated to 160 ° C and at this temperature After stirring for 4 hours, it was cooled to room temperature, and stirred for 1 h in an ice-water bath. The filtrate was filtered and evaporated to dryness to give the product as a yellow oil (yield: 123 mg, LC-MS (APCI): m/z=304 (M+1)+, purity: 96.6%.
步骤5:Step 5:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000054
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000054
0℃中,氮气氛围下,依次将NaH(1.52g,15mmol)、MsCl(1.5g,13mmol)加入至一个装有3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯基磷酸二乙酯(3g,10mmol)的二氯甲烷(60mL)溶液中,室温下搅拌1h,加水(60mL)和二氯甲烷(50mL)淬灭,分离有机相,依次用水(60mL)、0.5M HCl(aq.,20mL)、饱和NaHCO3溶 液(20mL)洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥后旋干,得到浅色固体产物N-4-(3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯亚甲基)哌啶甲酸叔丁酯(1.5g,产率43%)。1HNMR(300MHz,CDCl3)(δ/ppm):7.87(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),6.85-6.88(m,2H),6.37(s,1H),3.97(s,3H),3.55(t,J=7.8Hz,2H),3.45(t,J=7.8Hz,2H),2.45(t,J=7.8Hz,2H),2.15(t,J=7.8Hz,2H),1.51(s,9H)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=349(M+1)+,纯度:98.4%。NaH (1.52 g, 15 mmol) and MsCl (1.5 g, 13 mmol) were sequentially added to a solution containing diethyl 3-methoxy-4-nitrophenyl phosphate (3 g, 10 mmol) at 0 ° C under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, EtOAc (EtOAc) (EtOAc) saturated NaHCO 3 solution (20mL) was washed, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate spin, to give a pale solid product is N-4- (3- methoxy-4-nitrophenyl methylene) piperidine-carboxylate ( 1.5 g, yield 43%). 1 HNMR (300MHz, CDCl 3) (δ / ppm): 7.87 (d, J = 8.4Hz, 1H), 6.85-6.88 (m, 2H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.55 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 3.45 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 2.45 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 2.15 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 1.51 (s) , 9H). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 349 (M + 1) +, purity: 98.4%.
步骤6:Step 6:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000055
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000055
合成步骤与实施例3步骤2、3相同,得到白色固体产物N-(4-(3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯亚甲基)乙酰基哌啶(0.66g,产率79%)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=291.2(M+1)+,纯度:98.6%。The synthesis procedure was the same as in the steps 2 and 3 of Example 3 to give N-(4-(3-methoxy-4-nitrobenzylidene)acetylpiperidine as a white solid (0.66 g, yield 79%) LC-MS (APCI): m/z = 291.2 (M + 1) + , purity: 98.6%.
步骤7:Step 7:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000056
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000056
将N-(4-(3-甲氧基-4-氨基苯亚甲基)乙酰基哌啶(0.2g,0.69mmol)、铁粉(0.21g,3.75mmol)、NH4Cl(33mg,0.62mmol)依次加入至搅拌中的乙醇(10mL)和水(2mL)的混合液中,回流2h,冷却至室温后旋出乙醇,加水(20mL)和二氯甲烷萃取,得到黄色固体产物N-(4-(3-甲氧基-4-硝基苯亚甲基)乙酰基哌啶(0.13g,产率73%)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=261.3(M+1)+,纯度:93.6%。The N- (4- (3- methoxy-4-amino-benzylidene) acetyl piperidine (0.2g, 0.69mmol), iron powder (0.21g, 3.75mmol), NH 4 Cl (33mg, 0.62 The mixture was added to a stirred mixture of ethanol (10 mL) and water (2 mL), and then evaporated to EtOAc. 4- (3-methoxy-4-nitrophenyl methylene) acetyl piperidine (0.13g, yield 73%) LC-MS (APCI ):. m / z = 261.3 (m + 1) + , purity: 93.6%.
步骤8:Step 8:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000057
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000057
合成步骤与实施例3步骤5相同,得到白色固体产物N-(3-((2-((4-(1-乙酰哌啶-4-亚甲基)-2-甲氧基苯基)氨基)-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)丙烯酰胺(90mg,产率38%)。1H NMR(300MHz,CDCl3)(δ/ppm):8.32(s,1H),7.78(d,J=5.7Hz,1H),7.36(q,J=6.6Hz,1H),6.89-6.92(m,2H),6.62-6.72(m,4H),6.43-6.49(m,2H),6.34(m,2H),5.79(d,J=10.2Hz,2H),3.89(d,J=4.8Hz,3H),3.41-3.69(m,4H),2.53(q,J=6.9Hz,2H),2.39(m,2H),2.16(d,J=4.5Hz,3H)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=567.3(M+1)+,纯度:97.1%。The synthesis procedure was the same as in the step 5 of Example 3 to give N-(3-((2-(4-)-acetyl-piperidine-4-methylene)-2-methoxyphenyl)amino -5-(Trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)phenyl)acrylamide (90 mg, yield 38%). 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) (δ / ppm): 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (q, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89-6.92 ( m, 2H), 6.62-6.72 (m, 4H), 6.43-6.49 (m, 2H), 6.34 (m, 2H), 5.79 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (d, J = 4.8 Hz) , 3H), 3.41-3.69 (m, 4H), 2.53 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.39 (m, 2H), 2.16 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 3H). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 567.3 (M + 1) +, purity: 97.1%.
实施例9Example 9
N-(3-((2-(4-(1-乙酰哌啶-4-甲基)-2-甲氧基苯基)氨基)-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)丙烯酰胺N-(3-((2-(4-(1-acetylpiperidin-4-methyl)-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl) Amino)phenyl)acrylamide
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000058
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000058
步骤1:step 1:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000059
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000059
合成步骤与实施例4步骤1相同,得到棕色油状产物1-(4-(4-氨基-3-甲氧基苄基)哌啶-1-基)乙酮(90mg,产率90%)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=263.2(M+1)+,纯度:94.6%。The synthesis procedure was the same as in the step 1 of Example 4 to give 1-(4-(4-amino-3-methoxybenzyl)piperidin-1-yl)ethanone (yield: 90%). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 263.2 (M + 1) +, purity: 94.6%.
步骤2:Step 2:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000060
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000060
合成步骤与实施例3步骤5相同,得到白色固体产物N-(3-((2-(4-(1-乙酰哌啶-4-甲基)-2-甲氧基苯基)氨基)-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)丙烯酰胺(85mg,产率37%)。1H NMR(300MHz,CDCl3)(δ/ppm):8.33(s,1H),8.09(d,J=9Hz,1H),7.90(s,1H),7.36(d,J=18Hz,2H),7.49-7.54(br,2H),7.31-7.39(m,2H),6.91(s,2H),6.64(s,1H),6.57(d,J=6.9Hz,1H),6.50(d,J=1.5Hz,1H),6.44(d,J=1.8Hz,1H),6.21-6.30(m,1H),5.79(d,J=10.2Hz,2H),5.79(dd,J=9.9Hz,1.2Hz,1H),4.59(d,J=13.5Hz,1H),3.88(s,3H),3.76-3.80(m,2H),2.94-3.03(m,2H),2.43-2.51(m,4H),2.39(m,2H),2.09(s,3H),2.53(q,J=6.9Hz,2H),1.27-1.32(m,2H)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=569.4(M+1)+,纯度:94.6%。The synthesis procedure was the same as in the step 5 of Example 3 to give the white solid product N-(3-((2-(4-(1-acetylpiperidine-4-methyl)-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)- 5-(Trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)phenyl)acrylamide (85 mg, yield 37%). 1 H NMR (300MHz, CDCl 3 ) (δ / ppm): 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J = 9Hz, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d, J = 18Hz, 2H) , 7.49-7.54 (br, 2H), 7.31-7.39 (m, 2H), 6.91 (s, 2H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 6.57 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.21-6.30 (m, 1H), 5.79 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 2H), 5.79 (dd, J = 9.9 Hz, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (d, J = 13.5 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.76-3.80 (m, 2H), 2.94 - 3.03 (m, 2H), 2.43-2.51 (m, 4H) , 2.39 (m, 2H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.53 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.27-1.32 (m, 2H). LC-MS (APCI): m/z = 569.4 (M+1)+, purity: 94.6%.
实施例10Example 10
N-(3-((2-((4-(4-乙酰哌嗪-1-基)甲基)-2-甲氧基苯基)氨基)-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)丙烯N-(3-((2-(4-(4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidine-4 -yl)amino)phenyl)propene 酰胺Amide
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000061
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000061
步骤1:step 1:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000062
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000062
合成步骤与实施例1步骤2相同,得到黄色固体产物(0.12g,产率68%)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=322.2(M+1)+,纯度:95.6%。The synthesis procedure was the same as in the step 2 of Example 1 to give a yellow solid product (0.12 g, yield 68%). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 322.2 (M + 1) +, purity: 95.6%.
步骤2: Step 2:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000063
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000063
合成步骤与实施例1步骤3相同,得到棕色固体产物(110mg,产率43%),LC-MS(APCI):m/z=628.3(M+1)+,纯度:97.6%。The synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Step 3 of Example 1 to give a brown solid product (110 mg, yield 43%), LC-MS (APCI): m/z = 628.3 (M+1) + , purity: 97.6%.
步骤3:Step 3:
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000064
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000064
在氮气保护下,将4-(4-((4-((3-丙烯酰胺苯基)氨基)-5-三氟甲基嘧啶-2-基)氨基)-3-甲氧基苯基)-甲基哌嗪-1-甲酸叔丁酯的二氯甲烷溶液冷却至0℃,逐滴加入三氟乙酸,室温下搅拌3h,加入二氯甲烷,冰盐浴下冷却,加入三乙胺中和,缓慢滴加乙酰氯,加水淬灭,分离有机相,依次用水(100mL x2)、0.5M HCl(aq.,15mL)、饱和NaHCO3溶液(15mL)洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥后旋干过柱得白色固体产物N-(3-((2-((4-(4-乙酰哌嗪-1-基)甲基)-2-甲氧基苯基)氨基)-5-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-4-基)氨基)苯基)丙烯酰胺(85mg,产率47%)。1H NMR(300MHz,CDCl3)(δ/ppm):8.30(s,1H),8.06(d,J=7.8Hz,1H),7.91-7.96(m,3H),7.43(d,J=0.6Hz,1H),7.91-7.96(m,3H),7.30-7.36(m,2H),6.89(dd,J=16.5Hz,1.5Hz,2H),6.69(d,J=6.6Hz,1H),6.21-6.41(m,2H),5.76(dd,J=9.9Hz,1.5Hz,1H),3.87(s,3H),3.64(t,J=4.2Hz,2H),3.45-3.53(m,4H),2.43-2.50(m,4H),1.25(s,3H)。LC-MS(APCI):m/z=570.1(M+1)+,纯度:96.6%。4-(4-((4-(3-acrylamidophenyl)amino)-5-trifluoromethylpyrimidin-2-yl)amino)-3-methoxyphenyl) - a solution of methyl piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester in methylene chloride was cooled to 0 ° C, trifluoroacetic acid was added dropwise, stirred at room temperature for 3 h, added dichloromethane, cooled in ice brine, and added triethylamine And slowly adding acetyl chloride dropwise, adding water and quenching, separating the organic phase, washing with water (100 mL x 2), 0.5 M HCl (aq., 15 mL), saturated NaHCO 3 solution (15 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and then dried. The white solid product N-(3-((4-(4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-2-methoxyphenyl)amino)-5-(trifluoro) Methyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)phenyl)acrylamide (85 mg, yield 47%). 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) (δ / ppm): 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.91 - 7.96 (m, 3H), 7.43 (d, J = 0.6) Hz, 1H), 7.91-7.96 (m, 3H), 7.30-7.36 (m, 2H), 6.89 (dd, J = 16.5 Hz, 1.5 Hz, 2H), 6.69 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 6.21-6.41 (m, 2H), 5.76 (dd, J = 9.9 Hz, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.64 (t, J = 4.2 Hz, 2H), 3.45-3.53 (m, 4H) ), 2.43-2.50 (m, 4H), 1.25 (s, 3H). LC-MS (APCI): m / z = 570.1 (M + 1) +, purity: 96.6%.
生物学测试Biological test
(1)激酶抑制作用(1) Kinase inhibition
试剂和耗材:Reagents and consumables:
WT EGFR(Cama,目录号08-115),EGFR[L858R/T790M](Cama,目录号08-510),ATP(Sigma,目录号A7699-1G),DMSO(Sigma,目录号D2650),96孔板(Coming,目录号3365),384孔板(Greiner,目录号784076),HTRF Kinase TK试剂盒(Cisbio,目录号62TK0PEJ),厄洛替尼(Selleckchem,目录号S7787),EGFR[d746-750](Life Technologies,目录号PV6178),5x激酶缓冲液A(Life Technologies,目录号PV3186),激酶示踪剂199(Life Technologies,目录号PV5830),
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000065
Eu-anti-GST抗体(Life Technologies,目录号PV5594)。
WT EGFR (Cama, Cat. No. 08-115), EGFR [L858R/T790M] (Cama, Cat. No. 08-510), ATP (Sigma, Cat. No. A7699-1G), DMSO (Sigma, Cat. No. D2650), 96-well Plate (Coming, Cat. No. 3365), 384-well plate (Greiner, Cat. No. 784076), HTRF Kinase TK Kit (Cisbio, Cat. No. 62TK0PEJ), Erlotinib (Selleckchem, Cat. No. S7787), EGFR [d746-750] (Life Technologies, Cat. No. PV6178), 5x Kinase Buffer A (Life Technologies, Cat. No. PV3186), Kinase Tracer 199 (Life Technologies, Cat. No. PV5830),
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000065
Eu-anti-GST antibody (Life Technologies, catalog number PV5594).
具体实验方法:Specific experimental methods:
化合物配制:将受试化合物溶于DMSO配成20mM母液。然后,在DMSO中等梯度3倍稀释,稀释十次。加药时再用缓冲液稀释10倍。Compound formulation: The test compound was dissolved in DMSO to make a 20 mM mother liquor. Then, it was diluted 3 times in a medium gradient of DMSO and diluted 10 times. When dosing, dilute with buffer for 10 times.
EGFR及EGFR[L858R/T790M]激酶检测:在5x激酶缓冲液A中,将EGFR或EGFR[L858R/T790M]激酶与预先稀释配制的不同浓度的化合物混合10分钟,每个浓度双复孔。加入对应底物及ATP,室 温反应20分钟(其中设置阴阳性对照:阴性为空白对照,阳性为厄洛替尼)。反应完毕加入检测试剂(HTRF Kinase TK试剂盒内的试剂),室温孵育30分钟后,通过Evnvision酶标仪检测,测定在各浓度的本发明化合物存在下的酶活力,并计算不同浓度的化合物对酶活力的抑制活性,之后根据四参数方程,根据Graphpad 5.0软件对不同浓度化合物下酶活力的抑制活性进行拟合,计算出IC50值。EGFR and EGFR [L858R/T790M] Kinase Assay: EGFR or EGFR [L858R/T790M] kinase was mixed with pre-diluted compounds of different concentrations in 5x Kinase Buffer A for 10 minutes at each concentration. The corresponding substrate and ATP were added, and the room temperature was reacted for 20 minutes (in which a negative positive control was set: a negative blank control and a positive erlotinib). After the reaction, the detection reagent (the reagent in the HTRF Kinase TK kit) was added, and after incubation at room temperature for 30 minutes, the enzyme activity in the presence of the compound of the present invention at each concentration was measured by an Evnvision microplate reader, and the compound concentrations of different concentrations were calculated. The inhibitory activity of the enzyme activity was then fitted according to the four-parameter equation, and the inhibitory activity of the enzyme activity under different concentrations of the compound was fitted according to Graphpad 5.0 software, and the IC 50 value was calculated.
实施例中的激酶抑制作用的结果归纳于如下表1中。The results of the kinase inhibition in the examples are summarized in Table 1 below.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000066
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000066
(2)细胞毒性实验(2) Cytotoxicity experiment
采用MTS方法检测了本发明化合物对体外培养的3株肿瘤细胞的体外抗增殖活性。实验结果表明本发明化合物对体外培养的癌细胞的体外增殖具有抑制作用;其中对肺癌细胞的体外增殖的抑制作用比皮肤癌细胞的体外增殖的抑制作用强。The anti-proliferative activity of the compound of the present invention against three tumor cells cultured in vitro was examined by MTS method. The experimental results show that the compound of the present invention has an inhibitory effect on the in vitro proliferation of cancer cells cultured in vitro; wherein the inhibition of proliferation of lung cancer cells in vitro is stronger than that of skin cancer cells in vitro.
细胞系:Cell line:
皮肤癌细胞A431(购自美国标准生物品收藏中心(ATCC));肺癌细胞NCI-H1975(购自美国标准生物品收藏中心(ATCC))和HCC827(购自美国标准生物品收藏中心(ATCC));均用含10%胎牛血清、100U/ml青霉素、100μg/ml链霉素的RPMI1640培养基培养。Skin cancer cell line A431 (purchased from the American Standard Collection of Biological Products (ATCC)); lung cancer cells NCI-H1975 (purchased from the American Standard Collection of Biological Products (ATCC)) and HCC827 (purchased from the American Standard Collection of Biological Products (ATCC) Both were cultured in RPMI1640 medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum, 100 U/ml penicillin, and 100 μg/ml streptomycin.
试剂和耗材:Reagents and consumables:
RPMI-1640(GIBCO,目录号A10491-01);胎牛血清(GIBCO,目录号10099141);0.25%胰蛋白酶-EDTA(GIBCO,目录号25200);青霉素-链霉素,液体(GIBCO,目录号15140-122);DMSO(Sigma,目录号D2650);MTS测试试剂盒(Promega,目录号G3581),96孔板(Coming,目录号3365)。RPMI-1640 (GIBCO, catalog number A10491-01); fetal bovine serum (GIBCO, catalog number 10099141); 0.25% trypsin-EDTA (GIBCO, catalog number 25200); penicillin-streptomycin, liquid (GIBCO, catalog number 15140-122); DMSO (Sigma, Cat. No. D2650); MTS Test Kit (Promega, Cat. No. G3581), 96-well plate (Coming, Cat. No. 3365).
具体实验方法:Specific experimental methods:
化合物配制:受试化合物溶于DMSO配成20mM母液,-20℃保存。用DMSO等梯度3倍稀释,稀释10倍。加药时再用细胞培养基稀释4倍。Compound preparation: The test compound was dissolved in DMSO to prepare a 20 mM mother liquor and stored at -20 °C. Dilute 3 times with a gradient of DMSO and the like, and dilute 10 times. The drug medium was diluted 4 times with the drug.
MTS细胞活力检测:0.25%胰蛋白酶-EDTA消化对数生长期细胞,按已优化的密度接种150μl于96孔板,24小时后加入培养基稀释4倍的化合物,50μl/孔(一般选择十个浓度:100、33.3、11.1、3.70、1.23、0.412、0.137、0.0457、0.0152、0.00508μM)。以加入同样体积的0.5%DMSO的孔作为对照。细胞继续培养72小时后,MTS检测细胞活力。 MTS cell viability assay: 0.25% trypsin-EDTA digested logarithmic growth phase cells, inoculated with 150 μl in 96-well plates at an optimized density, and added to the medium 4 times after dilution for 4 hours, 50 μl/well (generally 10 Concentrations: 100, 33.3, 11.1, 3.70, 1.23, 0.412, 0.137, 0.0457, 0.0152, 0.00508 μM). A well of the same volume of 0.5% DMSO was added as a control. After the cells were cultured for 72 hours, MTS was assayed for cell viability.
具体操作:贴壁细胞,弃去培养基,每孔加入含20μL MTS和100μl培养基的混合液。放入培养箱继续培养1-4小时后检测OD490,以OD650值作为参考。用GraphPad Prism软件制作量效曲线并计算IC50Specific procedure: adherent cells, discard the medium, and add a mixture containing 20 μL of MTS and 100 μl of medium to each well. OD490 was detected after being placed in an incubator for 1-4 hours, with the OD650 value as a reference. Using GraphPad Prism software to make dose-response curves and calculate IC 50.
实施例中的对癌细胞的体外增殖的抑制作用的结果归纳于下表2中。The results of the inhibition of in vitro proliferation of cancer cells in the examples are summarized in Table 2 below.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000067
Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-000067

Claims (23)

  1. 式(I)化合物Compound of formula (I)
    Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-100001
    Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-100001
    其中,among them,
    R1独立地选自H、卤素、-CN、-NO2、C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基、C1-6烷氧基或C1-6卤代烷氧基;R 1 is independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 haloalkoxy;
    R2独立地选自H、卤素、-CN、-NO2、C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基、C1-6烷氧基或C1-6卤代烷氧基;R 2 is independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 haloalkoxy;
    连接基L选自Linker L is selected from
    1)C、N、O或S原子,只要价键允许;其中C和N可任选被Ra取代;1) C, N, O or S atoms, as long as valency allows; wherein C and N may be optionally substituted with R a;
    2)C1-6亚烷基、C2-6亚烯基、C2-6亚炔基、C3-10亚碳环基、3至10元亚杂环基、C6-14亚芳基或C5-10亚杂芳基;其中所述基团任选被一个或多个Ra取代;2) C 1-6 alkylene, C 2-6 alkenylene, C 2-6 alkynylene, C 3-10 carbocyclylene, 3 to 10 membered heterocyclylene, C 6-14 aroma Or a C 5-10 heteroarylene; wherein the group is optionally substituted with one or more R a ;
    3)-C(=O)-、-C(=O)O-、-C(=O)N(Rb)-、-N(Rb)C(=O)-、-N(Rb)C(=O)O-、-N(Rb)C(=O)N(Rb)-、-N(Rb)S(=O)-、-N(Rb)S(=O)2-、-OC(=O)-、-OC(=O)N(Rb)-、-OS(=O)-、-OS(=O)2-、-S(=O)-、-S(=O)2-、-S(=O)2O-或-S(=O)2N(Rb)-;3) -C (= O) - , - C (= O) O -, - C (= O) N (R b) -, - N (R b) C (= O) -, - N (R b C(=O)O-, -N(R b )C(=O)N(R b )-, -N(R b )S(=O)-, -N(R b )S(=O 2 -, -OC(=O)-, -OC(=O)N(R b )-, -OS(=O)-, -OS(=O) 2 -, -S(=O)-, -S(=O) 2 -, -S(=O) 2 O- or -S(=O) 2 N(R b )-;
    Ra选自H、卤素、-CN、-NO2、氧代基、C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基或C1-6烷氧基;R a is selected from H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , oxo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy;
    Rb选自H、C1-6烷基或C1-6卤代烷基;R b is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 haloalkyl;
    X选自C或N原子,只要价键允许;X is selected from C or N atoms as long as the valence bond permits;
    环A选自C3-6碳环基、3至10元杂环基、C6-14芳基或C5-10杂芳基;Ring A is selected from a C 3-6 carbocyclic group, a 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group, a C 6-14 aryl group or a C 5-10 heteroaryl group;
    R3选自卤素、-CN、-NO2、-Rc、-C(=O)Rc、-C(=O)ORc、-C(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)、-N(Rc)(Rc)、-N(Rc)C(=O)Rc、-N(Rc)C(=O)ORc、-N(Rc)C(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)、-N(Rc)S(=O)Rc、-N(Rc)S(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)、-N(Rc)S(=O)2Rc、-N(Rc)S(=O)2N(Rc)(Rc)、-ORc、-OC(=O)Rc、-OC(=O)ORc、-OC(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)、-S(=O)Rc、-S(=O)ORc、-S(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)、-S(=O)2Rc、-S(=O)2ORc、-S(=O)2N(Rc)(Rc)、-SC(=O)Rc、-SC(=O)ORc或-SC(=O)N(Rc)(Rc),只要化学允许;R 3 is selected from halogen, -CN, -NO 2, -R c , -C (= O) R c, -C (= O) OR c, -C (= O) N (R c) (R c) , -N(R c )(R c ), -N(R c )C(=O)R c , -N(R c )C(=O)OR c , -N(R c )C(=O N(R c )(R c ), -N(R c )S(=O)R c , -N(R c )S(=O)N(R c )(R c ), -N(R c ) S(=O) 2 R c , -N(R c )S(=O) 2 N(R c )(R c ), -OR c , -OC(=O)R c , -OC(= O) OR c , -OC(=O)N(R c )(R c ), -S(=O)R c , -S(=O)OR c , -S(=O)N(R c ) (R c ), -S(=O) 2 R c , -S(=O) 2 OR c , -S(=O) 2 N(R c )(R c ), -SC(=O)R c , -SC(=O)OR c or -SC(=O)N(R c )(R c ), as long as chemically permits;
    Rc选自H、卤素、-CN、-NO2、C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基、C2-6烯基、C2-6炔基、C3-10碳环基、3至10元杂环基、C6-14芳基或C5-10杂芳基;其中所述C3-10碳环基、3至10元杂环基、C6-14芳基或C5-10杂芳基还任选被C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基或-C(=O)C1-6烷基取代;R c is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-10 carbocyclyl a 3- to 10-membered heterocyclic group, a C 6-14 aryl group or a C 5-10 heteroaryl group; wherein the C 3-10 carbocyclic group, a 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group, a C 6-14 aryl group or The C 5-10 heteroaryl group is also optionally substituted by C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl or -C(=O)C 1-6 alkyl;
    m为0、1或2;m is 0, 1 or 2;
    n为1、2或3;n is 1, 2 or 3;
    p代表单键或双键,只要化合价允许;p represents a single bond or a double bond, as long as the valence is allowed;
    q代表单键或双键,只要化合价允许;q represents a single bond or a double bond, as long as the valence is allowed;
    R4、R5和R6独立地选自H、卤素、-CN、C1-6烷基或C1-6卤代烷基;R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 haloalkyl;
    W选自N、O或S原子,其中N可任选被Ra取代; W is selected from N, O or S atom, where N may optionally be substituted with R a;
    前提是,当m为0时,X为C原子;The premise is that when m is 0, X is a C atom;
    或其药学上可接受的盐、立体异构体、溶剂合物、水合物、晶型、前药或同位素变体。Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, solvate, hydrate, crystal form, prodrug or isotopic variation thereof.
  2. 权利要求1的化合物,其中R1为卤素、-CN、C1-6卤代烷基、C1-6烷氧基或C1-6卤代烷氧基,R2为卤素、-CN、C1-6烷基或C1-6卤代烷基,W为-O-或-NH-,以及R4、R5和R6均为H。A compound according to claim 1, wherein R 1 is halogen, -CN, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 haloalkoxy, and R 2 is halogen, -CN, C 1-6 An alkyl group or a C 1-6 haloalkyl group, W is -O- or -NH-, and R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are both H.
  3. 权利要求1或2的化合物,其中R1为Cl或甲氧基,R2为CF3,W为-O-或-NH-,以及R4、R5和R6均为H。A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein R 1 is Cl or a methoxy group, R 2 is CF 3 , W is -O- or -NH-, and R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are both H.
  4. 权利要求1-3中任一项的化合物,其中L选自:A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein L is selected from the group consisting of
    1)C、N或O原子;其任选被Ra取代;1) C, N or O atoms; optionally substituted with R a;
    2)C1-6亚烷基、C3-10亚碳环基、3至10元亚杂环基、C6-14亚芳基或C5-10亚杂芳基;优选地,C1-6亚烷基、C3-10亚碳环基或3至10元亚杂环基;其任选被Ra取代;2) C 1-6 alkylene, C 3-10 carbocyclylene, 3 to 10 membered heterocyclylene, C 6-14 arylene or C 5-10 heteroarylene; preferably, C 1 -6 alkylene, C 3-10 alkylene group or a carbocyclic 3-10 yuan heterocyclylene; optionally substituted with R a;
    3)-C(=O)-、-C(=O)O-、-C(=O)N(Rb)-、-N(Rb)C(=O)-、-N(Rb)S(=O)2-、-OC(=O)-、-OS(=O)-、-OS(=O)2-、-S(=O)-或-S(=O)2-;优选地,-C(=O)-、-C(=O)O-、-C(=O)N(Rb)-、-N(Rb)C(=O)-或-OC(=O)-。3) -C(=O)-, -C(=O)O-, -C(=O)N(R b )-, -N(R b )C(=O)-, -N(R b )S(=O) 2 -, -OC(=O)-, -OS(=O)-, -OS(=O) 2 -, -S(=O)- or -S(=O) 2 - Preferably, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)O-, -C(=O)N(R b )-, -N(R b )C(=O)- or -OC( =O)-.
  5. 权利要求1-4中任一项的化合物,其中L选自:A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein L is selected from the group consisting of
    1)C、N或O原子;其任选被Ra取代;1) C, N or O atoms; optionally substituted with R a;
    2)3至10元亚杂环基;优选地,3至6元亚杂环基;更优选地,5至6元亚杂环基;其任选被Ra取代;2) 3-10 yuan heterocyclylene; preferably 3-6 yuan heterocyclylene; more preferably, 5-6 yuan heterocyclylene; optionally substituted with R a;
    3)-C(=O)-、-C(=O)O-或-OC(=O)-;优选地,-C(=O)-。3) -C(=O)-, -C(=O)O- or -OC(=O)-; preferably, -C(=O)-.
  6. 权利要求1的化合物,其选自下式化合物:A compound of claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-100002
    Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-100002
    其中o为0、1、2或3,R1-R6、Ra、X、W、A、n、p和q如权利要求1-5中任一项所定义。Wherein o is 0, 1 , 2 or 3, and R 1 - R 6 , R a , X, W, A, n, p and q are as defined in any one of claims 1-5.
  7. 权利要求6的化合物,其选自下式化合物:A compound of claim 6 which is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-100003
    Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-100003
    Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-100004
    Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-100004
    其中R1-R6、Ra、X、W、A、n和q如权利要求1-5中任一项所定义。Wherein R 1 - R 6 , R a , X, W, A, n and q are as defined in any one of claims 1-5.
  8. 权利要求1的化合物,其选自下式化合物:A compound of claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-100005
    Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-100005
    其中Y选自C、N、O或S原子,o为0、1、2或3,R1-R6、Ra、X、W、n、p和q如权利要求1-5中任一项所定义。Wherein Y is selected from C, N, O or S atoms, o is 0, 1 , 2 or 3, and R 1 - R 6 , R a , X, W, n, p and q are as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 5 Defined by item.
  9. 权利要求1的化合物,其选自下式化合物:A compound of claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-100006
    Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-100006
    其中Y选自C、N、O或S原子,o为0、1、2或3,R1-R6、Ra、W、n和q如权利要求1-5中任一项所定义。Wherein Y is selected from C, N, O or S atoms, o is 0, 1 , 2 or 3, and R 1 - R 6 , R a , W, n and q are as defined in any one of claims 1-5.
  10. 权利要求1的化合物,其选自下式化合物:A compound of claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-100007
    Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-100007
    其中R1为Cl或甲氧基,W为-O-或-NH-,R3和n如权利要求1所定义。Wherein R 1 is Cl or methoxy, W is -O- or -NH-, and R 3 and n are as defined in claim 1.
  11. 权利要求1-10中任一项的化合物,其中A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein
    R3选自卤素、-CN、-Rc、-C(=O)Rc、-C(=O)ORc、-C(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)、-N(Rc)(Rc)、-S(=O)Rc或-S(=O)2Rc,只要化学允许;R 3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -R c , -C(=O)R c , -C(=O)OR c , -C(=O)N(R c )(R c ), -N( R c )(R c ), -S(=O)R c or -S(=O) 2 R c as long as it is chemically acceptable;
    Rc选自H、C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基、3至10元杂环基;其中所述3至10元杂环基任选被C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基或-C(=O)C1-6烷基取代。R c is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic; wherein the 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group is optionally C 1-6 alkyl, C 1 -6 haloalkyl or -C(=O)C 1-6 alkyl.
  12. 权利要求11的化合物,其中The compound of claim 11 wherein
    R3选自-Rc、-C(=O)Rc、-C(=O)ORc、-C(=O)N(Rc)(Rc)或-S(=O)2RcR 3 is selected from -R c , -C(=O)R c , -C(=O)OR c , -C(=O)N(R c )(R c ) or -S(=O) 2 R c ;
    Rc选自H、C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基或5至6元杂环基;其中所述5至6元杂环基任选被-C(=O)C1-6烷基取代。R c is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl or 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic; wherein the 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic group is optionally -C(=O)C 1- 6 alkyl substitution.
  13. 权利要求12的化合物,其中R3选自H、Me、-C(=O)Me、-C(=O)CF3、-C(=O)OH、-C(=O)N(Me)(Me)、-C(=O)N(Et)(Et)、-C(=O)OtBu、-S(=O)2Me或1,4-哌啶亚基,其中所述1,4-哌啶亚基被-C(=O)Me取代。A compound according to claim 12, wherein R 3 is selected from the group consisting of H, Me, -C(=O)Me, -C(=O)CF 3 , -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)N(Me) (Me), -C(=O)N(Et)(Et), -C(=O)OtBu, -S(=O) 2 Me or 1,4-piperidinylene, wherein the 1,4 - The piperidinylene group is substituted by -C(=O)Me.
  14. 权利要求1的化合物,其选自以下化合物: A compound of claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-100008
    Figure PCTCN2016107072-appb-100008
  15. 药物组合物,其含有权利要求1-14中任一项的化合物或其药学上可接受的盐、立体异构体、溶剂合物、水合物、晶型、前药或同位素变体,和药学上可接受的赋形剂。A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 14, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, solvate, hydrate, crystal form, prodrug or isotopic variation thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable Acceptable excipients.
  16. 权利要求15的药物组合物,其还含有其它治疗剂。The pharmaceutical composition of claim 15 further comprising an additional therapeutic agent.
  17. 试剂盒,其包括Kit, which includes
    第一容器,其中含有权利要求1-14中任一项的化合物或其药学上可接受的盐、立体异构体、溶剂合物、水合物、晶型、前药或同位素变体;和a first container comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 14, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, solvate, hydrate, crystal form, prodrug or isotopic variation thereof;
    任选地,第二容器,其中含有其它治疗剂;和Optionally, a second container containing other therapeutic agents; and
    任选地,第三容器,其中含有用于稀释或悬浮所述化合物和/或其它治疗剂的药用赋形剂。Optionally, a third container containing a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient for diluting or suspending the compound and/or other therapeutic agent.
  18. 权利要求1-14中任一项的化合物或其药学上可接受的盐、立体异构体、溶剂合物、水合物、晶型、前药或同位素变体在制备用于治疗EGFR导致的癌症的药物中的用途。A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 14, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, solvate, hydrate, crystal form, prodrug or isotopic variation thereof, for use in the treatment of cancer caused by EGFR Use of the drug.
  19. 一种在受试者中治疗EGFR导致的癌症的方法,所述方法包括向所述受试者给药权利要求1-14中任一项的化合物或其药学上可接受的盐、立体异构体、溶剂合物、水合物、晶型、前药或同位素变体,或者权利要求15-16中任一项的药物组合物。A method of treating cancer caused by EGFR in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 14, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, stereoisomerism A pharmaceutically, solvated, hydrated, crystalline, prodrug or isotopic variant, or a pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 15-16.
  20. 权利要求18的用途或19的方法,其中所述EGFR导致的癌症选自:非小细胞肺癌、小细胞肺癌、肺腺癌、肺鳞癌、胰腺癌、乳腺癌、前列腺癌、肝癌、皮肤癌、上皮细胞癌、胃肠间质瘤、白血病、组织细胞性淋巴癌、鼻咽癌。The method of claim 18 or the method of claim 19, wherein the cancer caused by the EGFR is selected from the group consisting of: non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, liver cancer, skin cancer , epithelial cell carcinoma, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, leukemia, histiocytic lymphoma, nasopharyngeal carcinoma.
  21. 权利要求20的用途或方法,其中所述EGFR导致的癌症为非小细胞肺癌的T790M突变、L858R突变和L858R/T790M双突变。The use or method of claim 20, wherein the cancer caused by EGFR is a T790M mutation, a L858R mutation, and a L858R/T790M double mutation in non-small cell lung cancer.
  22. 权利要求1-14中任一项的化合物或其药学上可接受的盐、立体异构体、溶剂合物、水合物、晶型、前药或同位素变体,或者权利要求15-16中任一项的药物组合物,其用于治疗EGFR导致的癌症。A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 14, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, solvate, hydrate, crystal form, prodrug or isotopic variation thereof, or any of claims 15-16 A pharmaceutical composition for treating cancer caused by EGFR.
  23. 权利要求1-14中任一项的化合物或其药学上可接受的盐、立体异构体、溶剂合物、水合物、晶型、前药或同位素变体,或者权利要求15-16中任一项的药物组合物,其用于治疗非小细胞肺癌的T790M突变、L858R突变和L858R/T790M双突变。 A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 14, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, solvate, hydrate, crystal form, prodrug or isotopic variation thereof, or any of claims 15-16 A pharmaceutical composition for treating a T790M mutation, a L858R mutation, and a L858R/T790M double mutation in non-small cell lung cancer.
PCT/CN2016/107072 2015-12-10 2016-11-24 Aminopyrimidine compounds for inhibiting acitivity of protein tyrosine kinase WO2017097113A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201680061348.9A CN108137544B (en) 2015-12-10 2016-11-24 Aminopyrimidines useful for inhibiting protein tyrosine kinase activity

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201510916776 2015-12-10
CN201510916776.2 2015-12-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017097113A1 true WO2017097113A1 (en) 2017-06-15

Family

ID=59012681

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2016/107072 WO2017097113A1 (en) 2015-12-10 2016-11-24 Aminopyrimidine compounds for inhibiting acitivity of protein tyrosine kinase

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN108137544B (en)
WO (1) WO2017097113A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108610295A (en) * 2018-04-04 2018-10-02 大连医科大学附属第医院 Pyrimidines, composition and its purposes in treating lymphoma leukemia
WO2020001392A1 (en) * 2018-06-30 2020-01-02 National Institute Of Biological Sciences, Beijing Cathepsin c inhibitors

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015006754A2 (en) * 2013-07-11 2015-01-15 Acea Biosciences Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
CN105968056A (en) * 2016-05-28 2016-09-28 大连医科大学 Diarylpyrimidine compound, composition and application

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011526299A (en) * 2008-06-27 2011-10-06 アビラ セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド Heteroaryl compounds and their use
US9908884B2 (en) * 2009-05-05 2018-03-06 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. EGFR inhibitors and methods of treating disorders
EP2637502B1 (en) * 2010-11-10 2018-01-10 Celgene CAR LLC Mutant-selective egfr inhibitors and uses thereof

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015006754A2 (en) * 2013-07-11 2015-01-15 Acea Biosciences Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
CN105968056A (en) * 2016-05-28 2016-09-28 大连医科大学 Diarylpyrimidine compound, composition and application

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108610295A (en) * 2018-04-04 2018-10-02 大连医科大学附属第医院 Pyrimidines, composition and its purposes in treating lymphoma leukemia
CN108610295B (en) * 2018-04-04 2023-01-10 大连医科大学附属第一医院 Pyrimidines, compositions and their use in the treatment of lymphoma leukemia
WO2020001392A1 (en) * 2018-06-30 2020-01-02 National Institute Of Biological Sciences, Beijing Cathepsin c inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN108137544A (en) 2018-06-08
CN108137544B (en) 2022-01-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11111233B2 (en) Amino pyrimidine compound for inhibiting protein tyrosine kinase activity
EP3889154A1 (en) Heterocyclic compound intermediate, preparation method therefor and application thereof
CN102892759B (en) Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having kynurenine production inhibitory activity
TWI778366B (en) 2,4,6-Trisubstituted Pyrimidine Compounds as ATR Kinase Inhibitors
UA112096C2 (en) SUBSTITUTED TRIASOLOPYRIDINES AND THEIR APPLICATIONS AS TTK INHIBITORS
TR201816244T4 (en) Epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor salts.
EP3553057B1 (en) (hetero)arylamide compound for inhibiting protein kinase activity
JP2016522231A (en) Diaminoheteroaryl substituted pyrazoles
JP2019515932A (en) Novel heterocyclic compounds as tyrosine kinase BCR-ABL inhibitors
TW201710250A (en) Substituted quinoxaline derivatives
WO2023134266A1 (en) 2-piperidyl or 2-pyrazolyl substituted pyrimidine compound serving as egfr inhibitor
WO2017190637A1 (en) Fused pyrimidine compound for inhibiting protein tyrosine kinase activity
CN111518082B (en) Aminopyrimidine compound, composition containing aminopyrimidine compound and application of aminopyrimidine compound
US20210009613A1 (en) Arylphosphine oxides for inhibiting kinase activity
CN108137544B (en) Aminopyrimidines useful for inhibiting protein tyrosine kinase activity
WO2018072707A1 (en) Aromatic ether derivative, preparation method therefor, and medical applications thereof
WO2021018173A1 (en) Adenosine receptor antagonist
TWI817955B (en) Aromatic derivatives, their preparation methods and their applications in medicine
WO2023109751A1 (en) Pyrimidine or pyridine derivative and medicinal use thereof
WO2020169058A1 (en) Pd-l1 antagonist compound
WO2019228330A1 (en) Substituted benzo[d]imidazole compound and pharmaceutical composition thereof
WO2021129584A1 (en) Pd-l1 antagonist compound
TW202216701A (en) Atr inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2022012484A1 (en) Pyrazolopyrimidine compound used as atr kinase inhibitor
CN111349084B (en) Aminopyrimidines useful for inhibiting protein kinase activity

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16872305

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16872305

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1